WO2023004642A1 - Data transmission method and apparatus, and terminal device and network device - Google Patents

Data transmission method and apparatus, and terminal device and network device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023004642A1
WO2023004642A1 PCT/CN2021/109051 CN2021109051W WO2023004642A1 WO 2023004642 A1 WO2023004642 A1 WO 2023004642A1 CN 2021109051 W CN2021109051 W CN 2021109051W WO 2023004642 A1 WO2023004642 A1 WO 2023004642A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
bearer
information
terminal
data packet
mac
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/109051
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张博源
卢前溪
冷冰雪
Original Assignee
Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 filed Critical Oppo广东移动通信有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2021/109051 priority Critical patent/WO2023004642A1/en
Priority to CN202180097457.7A priority patent/CN117280802A/en
Publication of WO2023004642A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023004642A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of mobile communications, and in particular to a data transmission method and device, terminal equipment, and network equipment.
  • Device-to-Device communication (Device-to-Device, D2D) is a sidelink (Sidelink, SL) transmission technology, which is different from the way in which communication data is received or sent by the base station in the traditional cellular system, and uses terminal-to-terminal direct The way of communication, therefore, has higher spectral efficiency and lower transmission delay.
  • SAlink Sidelink
  • the D2D in the LTE system is divided into the following stages for research: proximity service (Proximity based Service, ProSe), vehicle networking (vehicle to X, V2X) ) and further enhancements for wearable devices Long Term Evolution (LTE) D2D (Further Enhancements to LTE Device to Device, FeD2D), multi-carrier, among them, ProSe service can achieve power saving effect, V2X needs attention when To solve the delay problem, FeD2D is mainly oriented to low mobile speed and low power access scenarios, and multi-carriers are used to improve data transmission rate and transmission reliability.
  • proximity service Proximity based Service
  • V2X vehicle networking
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FeD2D Frether Enhancements to LTE Device to Device, FeD2D
  • multi-carriers are used to improve data transmission rate and transmission reliability.
  • V2X based on New Radio (NR) i.e. LTE V2X
  • NR New Radio
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method and device, a terminal device, and a network device.
  • the first terminal copies the data packet to obtain the first data packet and the second data packet;
  • the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through SL, the first data packet is sent through the first carrier, and the second data packet is sent through the second carrier , the first carrier is the same as or different from the second carrier.
  • the second terminal receives the first data packet and the second data packet sent by the first terminal through the SL; the first data packet and the second data packet are obtained by duplicating data packets of the first terminal; the first data A packet is received over a first carrier, said second data packet is received over a second carrier, said first carrier being the same as or different from said second carrier.
  • the network device configures a data packet copy configuration for the first terminal, the data packet copy configuration is used for the data packet copy function of the first terminal, and the first data packet and the second data packet obtained based on the data packet copy function pass The same or different carrier is sent to the second terminal.
  • the data transmission device provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to the first terminal, and includes:
  • the first copying unit is configured to copy the data packet to obtain the first data packet and the second data packet;
  • the first sending unit is configured to send the first data packet and the second data packet to a second terminal through a sidelink (Sidelink, SL), the first data packet is sent through a first carrier, and the The second data packet is sent through a second carrier, and the first carrier is the same as or different from the second carrier.
  • Sidelink Sidelink
  • the data transmission device provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to the second terminal, including:
  • the fifth receiving unit is configured to receive the first data packet and the second data packet sent by the first terminal through the SL; the first data packet and the second data packet are obtained by duplicating data packets by the first terminal; The first data packet is received through a first carrier, the second data packet is received through a second carrier, and the first carrier is the same as or different from the second carrier.
  • the data transmission device provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to network equipment, including:
  • the first configuration unit is configured to configure a data packet copy configuration for the first terminal, the data packet copy configuration is used for the data packet copy function of the first terminal, and the first data packet obtained based on the data packet copy function and The second data packet is sent to the second terminal through the same or different carrier.
  • the terminal device provided in this embodiment of the present application may be the first terminal or the second terminal in the above solution, and the terminal device includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory to execute the above data transmission method.
  • the network device provided in the embodiment of the present application includes a processor and a memory.
  • the memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory to execute the above data transmission method.
  • the chip provided in the embodiment of the present application is used to implement the above data transmission method.
  • the chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the above-mentioned data transmission method.
  • the computer-readable storage medium provided by the embodiment of the present application is used for storing a computer program, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned data transmission method.
  • the computer program product provided by the embodiments of the present application includes computer program instructions, and the computer program instructions cause a computer to execute the above data transmission method.
  • the computer program provided by the embodiments of the present application when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the above data transmission method.
  • the first terminal obtains the first data packet and the second data packet based on the data packet copy function, and sends the first data packet and the second data packet based on the SL between the first terminal and the second terminal to The second terminal improves data transmission reliability.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is an optional schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is an optional schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is an optional schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an optional data transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an optional scenario of a data transmission device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an optional scenario of a data transmission device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • a communication system 100 may include a terminal device 110 and a network device 120 .
  • the network device 120 may communicate with the terminal device 110 through an air interface. Multi-service transmission is supported between the terminal device 110 and the network device 120 .
  • the embodiment of the present application is only described by using the communication system 100 as an example, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. That is to say, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (Time Division Duplex, TDD), Universal Mobile Communication System (Universal Mobile Telecommunication System, UMTS), Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) system, Narrow Band Internet of Things (NB-IoT) system, enhanced Machine-Type Communications (eMTC) system, 5G communication system (also known as New Radio (NR) communication system), or future communication systems, etc.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE Time Division Duplex Time Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • Universal Mobile Telecommunication System Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Communication System
  • Internet of Things Internet of Things
  • NB-IoT Narrow Band Internet of Things
  • eMTC enhanced Machine-Type Communications
  • the network device 120 may be an access network device that communicates with the terminal device 110 .
  • the access network device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and can communicate with terminal devices 110 (such as UEs) located in the coverage area.
  • the network device 120 may be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in a Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, or a Next Generation Radio Access Network (NG RAN) device, Either a base station (gNB) in the NR system, or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN), or the network device 120 can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable Devices, hubs, switches, bridges, routers, or network devices in the future evolution of the Public Land Mobile Network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN), etc.
  • Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB in a Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system
  • NG RAN Next Generation Radio Access Network
  • gNB base station
  • CRAN Cloud Radio Access Network
  • the network device 120 can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wear
  • the terminal device 110 may be any terminal device, including but not limited to a terminal device connected to the network device 120 or other terminal devices by wire or wirelessly.
  • the terminal equipment 110 may refer to an access terminal, a user equipment (User Equipment, UE), a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, user agent, or user device.
  • Access terminals can be cellular phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, IoT devices, satellite handheld terminals, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistant , PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminal devices in future evolution networks, etc.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • the terminal device 110 may be used for D2D communication.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may also include a core network device 130 that communicates with the base station.
  • the core network device 130 may be a 5G core network (5G Core, 5GC) device, for example, Access and Mobility Management Function (Access and Mobility Management Function , AMF), and for example, authentication server function (Authentication Server Function, AUSF), and for example, user plane function (User Plane Function, UPF), and for example, session management function (Session Management Function, SMF).
  • the core network device 130 may also be a packet core evolution (Evolved Packet Core, EPC) device of the LTE network, for example, a data gateway (Session Management Function+Core Packet Gateway, SMF+PGW- C) equipment.
  • EPC packet core evolution
  • SMF+PGW-C can realize the functions of SMF and PGW-C at the same time.
  • the above-mentioned core network equipment may be called by other names, or a new network entity may be formed by dividing functions of the core network, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Various functional units in the communication system 100 may also establish a connection through a next generation network (next generation, NG) interface to implement communication.
  • NG next generation network
  • the terminal device establishes an air interface connection with the access network device through the Uu interface to transmit user plane data and control plane signaling; the terminal device can establish a control plane signaling connection with the AMF through the NG interface 1 (N1 for short);
  • the access Network equipment such as the next generation wireless access base station (gNB), can establish a user plane data connection with UPF through NG interface 3 (abbreviated as N3); access network equipment can establish control plane signaling with AMF through NG interface 2 (abbreviated as N2) connection;
  • UPF can establish a control plane signaling connection with SMF through NG interface 4 (abbreviated as N4);
  • UPF can exchange user plane data with the data network through NG interface 6 (abbreviated as N6);
  • AMF can communicate with SMF through NG interface 11 (abbreviated as N11)
  • the SMF establishes a control plane signaling connection; the SMF may establish a control plane signaling connection with the PCF through an NG interface 7 (N7 for short).
  • Figure 1 exemplarily shows a base station, a core network device, and two terminal devices.
  • the wireless communication system 100 may include multiple base station devices and each base station may include other numbers of terminals within the coverage area.
  • the device is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • NTN Non Terrestrial Network
  • satellite communication is not restricted by the user's region. For example, general land communication cannot cover areas such as oceans, mountains, deserts, etc. that cannot be equipped with communication equipment or are not covered by communication due to sparse population.
  • satellite communication due to a Satellites can cover a large area of the ground, and satellites can orbit the earth, so theoretically every corner of the earth can be covered by satellite communications.
  • satellite communication has great social value.
  • Satellite communication can be covered at a lower cost in remote mountainous areas, poor and backward countries or regions, so that people in these regions can enjoy advanced voice communication and mobile Internet technology, which is conducive to narrowing the digital gap with developed regions and promoting development of these areas.
  • the distance of satellite communication is long, and the cost of communication does not increase significantly with the increase of communication distance; finally, the stability of satellite communication is high, and it is not limited by natural disasters.
  • FIG. 1 is only an illustration of a system applicable to this application, and of course, the method shown in the embodiment of this application may also be applicable to other systems.
  • system and “network” are often used interchangeably herein.
  • the term “and/or” in this article is just an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and there exists alone B these three situations.
  • the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or” relationship.
  • the "indication” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct indication, may also be an indirect indication, and may also mean that there is an association relationship.
  • A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation.
  • the "correspondence” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may mean that there is a direct correspondence or an indirect correspondence between the two, or that there is an association between the two, or that it indicates and is indicated. , configuration and configured relationship.
  • the "predefined” or “predefined rules” mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be used by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other It is implemented by indicating related information, and this application does not limit the specific implementation.
  • pre-defined may refer to defined in the protocol.
  • the "protocol” may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, and this application does not limit this .
  • D2D is an SL transmission technology, which is different from the way in which communication data is received or sent by the base station in the traditional cellular system. It adopts the method of terminal-to-terminal direct communication, so it has higher spectral efficiency and lower transmission delay.
  • Two resource authorization modes are defined in 3GPP: Mode A and Mode B.
  • the transmission resources of the terminal are allocated by the base station, and the terminal sends data on the sidelink according to the resources allocated by the base station; the base station can allocate resources for a single transmission to the terminal, and can also allocate semi-static transmission to the terminal H.
  • the vehicle-mounted terminal selects a resource from the resource pool for data transmission.
  • the eNB configures grant resources for the terminal.
  • the terminal is configured with sideline grant-free resources
  • the terminal uses the sideline grant-free resources to transmit the sideline data. row data.
  • the terminal selects resources in the resource pool by itself,
  • D2D is divided into different stages for research.
  • the resource pool is discontinuous in the time domain, so that the UE can discontinuously send/receive data on the sidelink, thereby achieving the effect of power saving.
  • 3GPP concludes that the base station can configure the DRX parameters of the remote terminal through a relay terminal, but since this topic has not entered the standardization stage, there is no conclusion on how to configure the specific details of DRX.
  • the multi-carrier mechanism is reflected in that the UE can support data packet segmentation and use multiple carriers to transmit data packets to improve the data transmission rate;
  • V2X sidelink communication supports sidelink packet duplication and is performed at the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer of the UE.
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol
  • the PDCP Protocol Data Unit (Protocol Data Unit) PDU is replicated at the PDCP entity.
  • Duplicate PDUs of the same PDCP entity are submitted to two different Radio Link Control (RLC) entities and are respectively associated to two different sidelink logical channels. Duplicate PDUs of the same PDCP entity are only allowed to be transmitted on different sidelink carriers.
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • the UE may activate or deactivate sidelink packet replication based on (pre)configuration.
  • Sidelink packet replication is not available for transports with Rel-14 transport profiles.
  • the per-packet reliability ((proseper-packet reliability, PPPR) value that supports sidelink data packet duplication can be configured through the PPPR threshold (pre-) configuration.
  • PPPR indicates the reliability of each data packet.
  • the UE autonomous resource selection and For scheduled resource allocation the UE shall perform sidelink packet replication for data with configured PPPR values until the packet replication configuration is canceled for these PPPR values.
  • the UE shall report via the sidelink buffer status (Buffer Status Report (BSR) reports the logical channel group identifier (ID), and determines the logical channel group for transmitting data based on the mapping relationship between the PPPR value and the logical channel group.
  • BSR Buffer Status Report
  • the mapping between the PPPR value and the logical channel group can be configured by the eNB, and the PPPR value is determined by the The associated logical channel group ID in the sidelink BSR is reflected.
  • a list of one or more PPPR values can be reported by a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) connected UE in the sidelink UE information .
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • NR V2X is not limited to broadcast scenarios, but has been further expanded to unicast and multicast scenarios.
  • NR V2X will also define the above-mentioned mode A/B two resource authorization modes; further, users may be in a mixed mode, that is, they can use mode A to obtain resources and at the same time can use Mode B acquires resources.
  • the resource acquisition is indicated by means of sidelink authorization, that is, the sidelink authorization indicates the corresponding physical sidelink control channel (Physical Sidelink Control Channel, PSCCH) and physical sidelink shared channel (Physical Sidelink Shared Channel) , PSSCH) resource time-frequency location.
  • PSCCH Physical Sidelink Control Channel
  • PSSCH Physical Sidelink shared channel
  • NR V2X introduces HARQ retransmission based on feedback, not limited to unicast communication, but also multicast communication.
  • NR V2X does not support multi-carrier mechanisms, so multi-carrier solutions such as data packet replication cannot be applied to improve the reliability of data transmission.
  • the first terminal copies a data packet to obtain a first data packet and a second data packet.
  • the first terminal performs data packet replication at the PDCP layer to obtain the first data packet and the second data packet, wherein the first data packet is the copied data packet, which can be understood as the original data packet, and the second data packet is the copied original data
  • the data package obtained by the package can be understood as a copy data package.
  • the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through the side link SL, the first data packet is sent through the first carrier, and the second data packet The packets are sent over a second carrier, the first carrier being the same as or different from the second carrier.
  • the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through the same carrier.
  • the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through carrier 1.
  • the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through two carriers.
  • the first terminal sends the first data packet to the second terminal through the carrier 1, and sends the second data packet to the second terminal through the carrier 2.
  • the embodiment of the present invention also provides a data transmission method, as shown in FIG. 5, including:
  • the second terminal receives the first data packet and the second data packet sent by the first terminal through the SL.
  • the first data packet and the second data packet are obtained by duplicating data packets by the first terminal; the first data packet is received through a first carrier, the second data packet is received through a second carrier, and the The first carrier is the same as or different from the second carrier.
  • the first terminal performs a data packet copy function at the PDCP layer to obtain the first data packet and the second data packet, wherein the first data packet is a copied data packet, which can be understood as an original data packet, and the second data packet A package is a copied data package, which can be understood as a copied data package.
  • the second terminal receives the first data packet and the second data packet through the same carrier.
  • the second terminal receives the first data packet and the second data packet sent by the first terminal through carrier 1.
  • the first terminal receives the first data packet and the second data packet through two carriers.
  • the second terminal receives the first data packet sent by the first terminal through the carrier 1, and receives the second data packet sent by the second terminal through the carrier 2.
  • the conditions for the first terminal to perform packet duplication include at least one of the following:
  • a first bearer configuration is configured, and the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and/or a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, and the second bearer a bearer for sending the second data packet;
  • Condition 3 The first QoS information is sent, and the first QoS information has a high reliability requirement.
  • the first terminal when condition one is met, performs packet duplication.
  • the first terminal when condition one and condition three are met, the first terminal performs packet duplication.
  • condition 1 condition 2 and condition 3 are met
  • the first terminal performs packet duplication.
  • the first terminal supports the data packet copy function, that is, the first terminal has the ability to copy data packets, but when the data packet copy function is not activated, the data packet copy is not performed, and when the data packet copy function is activated, There is a possibility of packet duplication at the first terminal.
  • the first terminal may perform a data packet copy function on the current data packet; otherwise, no data packet copy is performed.
  • the first QoS information includes at least one of the following: QoS Class Identifier (QoS Class Identifier, QCI), allocation and retention priority (Allocation and Retention Priority, ARP), guaranteed bit rate (Guaranteed Bit Rate, GBR), maximum bit rate Rate (MaximumBitRate, MBR) and other information.
  • QoS Class Identifier QCI
  • allocation and retention priority Allocation and Retention Priority, ARP
  • guaranteed bit rate Guard Bit Rate
  • GBR maximum bit rate Rate
  • MaximumBitRate MaximumBitRate
  • the reliability requirement of the specific QoS information with high reliability requirement is higher than the specified reliability requirement threshold.
  • the manner in which the packet copy function is activated includes one of the following:
  • the first terminal is in a first state, and the first information satisfies an activation condition; optionally, the first state is a radio resource control RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
  • the first terminal is in the second state, and receives first indication information from a network device; the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function, and optionally, the second The state is the RRC connection state.
  • the first terminal judges whether the first information satisfies the activation condition, and when the first information satisfies the activation condition, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function.
  • the first terminal judges whether the first information satisfies an activation condition based on the first information and second information, and the second information is a threshold value corresponding to the first information.
  • the first terminal determines whether the first information satisfies the activation condition according to the first information and the threshold value corresponding to the first information.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • CBR Channel Busy Ratio
  • RSRP Reference Signal Received Power
  • the first terminal is in a unicast scenario, and the first information includes RSRP.
  • the second information when the first information includes information, the second information includes a threshold value corresponding to the information.
  • the second information includes: a threshold value corresponding to Reliability, that is, a Reliability threshold value.
  • the second information includes: a threshold corresponding to the CBR, that is, a CBR threshold.
  • the second information includes: a threshold value corresponding to the RSRP, that is, an RSRP threshold value.
  • the second information includes: a threshold value corresponding to CBR, that is, a CBR threshold value, and a threshold value corresponding to RSRP, that is, an RSRP threshold value.
  • the second information includes: the threshold corresponding to Reliability is the Reliability threshold, the threshold corresponding to CBR is the CBR threshold, and the threshold corresponding to RSRP is RSRP threshold.
  • the activation condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the reliability is less than the reliability threshold
  • the channel busy rate is greater than the channel busy rate threshold
  • RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold.
  • the activation condition includes: the reliability is less than a reliability threshold, and when the reliability is less than the reliability threshold, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function.
  • the activation condition includes: the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold, and when the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function.
  • the activation condition includes: the RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold, and when the RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function.
  • the activation conditions include: CBR is greater than the CBR threshold, and RSRP is less than the RSRP threshold.
  • the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold and the RSRP is less than the RSRP threshold, the first terminal activates packet replication Function.
  • the activation conditions include: the reliability is less than the reliability threshold, the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold, and the RSRP is less than the RSRP threshold.
  • the reliability is less than the reliability threshold, If the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold and the RSRP is less than the RSRP threshold, the first terminal activates the data packet replication function.
  • the manner of configuring the second information includes: configuring, by the network device, for the first terminal through a first message.
  • the second information is configured by the network device for the first terminal.
  • the first information used by the first terminal to determine whether to activate the packet copy function may be determined by the first terminal, or may be determined by the second information configured by the network device to the first device.
  • the terminal device judges whether to activate the data packet replication function based on Reliability, CBR, Reliability threshold, and CBR threshold.
  • the network device configures the first terminal through a first message.
  • the first message includes one of the following:
  • SIB System Information Block
  • the first message includes: an SIB message.
  • the second information includes: a threshold corresponding to Reliability, namely the Reliability threshold, a threshold corresponding to CBR, namely the CBR threshold, and a threshold corresponding to RSRP, namely the RSRP threshold.
  • the first terminal receives the SIB message sent by the network device, and the SIB message includes the following information: a Reliability threshold, a CBR threshold, and an RSRP threshold.
  • the first message includes: a preconfiguration message.
  • the second information includes: a Reliability threshold and an RSRP threshold.
  • the first terminal receives the pre-configuration message sent by the network device, and the pre-configuration message includes the following information: Reliability threshold and RSRP threshold.
  • the first message includes: an SIB message and a preconfiguration message.
  • the second information includes: a Reliability threshold and an RSRP threshold.
  • the first terminal receives the SIB message and the pre-configuration message sent by the network device, where the SIB message includes: a Reliability threshold, and the pre-configuration message includes: an RSRP threshold.
  • the first terminal When the first terminal is in the RRC connected (connected) state, the first terminal has established an RRC connection with the network device, and the first terminal receives first indication information sent by the network device based on the established RRC connection, and the first After receiving the first indication information, the terminal activates the data packet copy function in response to the first indication information.
  • the method before the first terminal receives the first indication information sent by the network device, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal sends second QoS information to the network device, where the second QoS information is used by the network device to determine the first indication information.
  • the second QoS information may include at least one of the following information: information such as QCI, ARP, and GBR.
  • the first QoS information and the second QoS information may be the same or different.
  • the first terminal sends the second QoS information to the network device, the network device receives the second QoS information, determines whether the first terminal activates the data packet copy function according to the received second QoS information, and determines whether the first terminal can activate the data packet copy function. In this case, the network device sends the first indication information to the first terminal.
  • the network device when the network device determines that the first terminal cannot activate the data packet copy function, it sends a notification message to the first terminal to indicate that the first terminal cannot activate the data packet copy function.
  • the reason why the first terminal cannot activate the data packet copy function is carried in the notification message.
  • the first terminal receives the first bearer configuration configured by the network device, the first bearer configuration is used to indicate the first bearer and the second bearer, and the first bearer is the bearer for sending the first data packet A bearer, where the second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet.
  • the first bearer is a bearer for transmitting the first data packet, that is, an original bearer; the second bearer is a bearer for transmitting a second data packet, that is, a duplicate bearer.
  • first bearer information the information indicating the first bearer in the first bearer configuration
  • second bearer information the information indicating the second bearer in the first bearer configuration
  • the first bearer configuration indicates the first bearer, and in this case, the first bearer configuration includes the first bearer information.
  • the first bearer configuration indicates the second bearer, and in this case, the first bearer configuration includes the second bearer information.
  • the first bearer configuration indicates the first bearer and the second bearer.
  • the first bearer configuration includes the first bearer information and the second bearer information.
  • the network device in addition to configuring the first bearer configuration for the terminal device, may also configure bearer information corresponding to other bearers for the terminal device.
  • the network device configures the configuration information of bearer 1 and bearer 2 for the first terminal , configuration information of other bearers may also be configured to the first terminal.
  • the first bearer configuration includes bearer information
  • the bearer information includes at least one of the following:
  • available carrier information the available carrier information indicating a set of available carriers, the set of available carriers including at least one available carrier
  • First resource pool information where the first resource pool information indicates a resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier, and the resource pool set includes at least one resource pool;
  • the bearer attribute is used to indicate that the bearer information is first bearer information or second bearer information, the first bearer information is used to indicate the first bearer, and the second bearer information is used to indicate the Describe the second bearer.
  • the available carrier information is located in the MAC layer configuration.
  • the set of available carriers in the first bearer information and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information are orthogonal or non-orthogonal.
  • the set of available carriers in the first bearer information that is, the first set of carriers and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information
  • the set, that is, the second set of carriers does not include the same available carrier.
  • the first carrier set includes: component carrier (Component Carrier, CC) 1, CC2 and CC3.
  • the first carrier set includes: CC4, CC5.
  • the first carrier that sends the first data packet is a carrier in the first carrier set
  • the second carrier that sends the second data packet is a carrier in the second carrier set
  • the first carrier is different from the second carrier.
  • the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through two different carriers.
  • the first set of carriers and the second set of carriers include the same available carriers.
  • the first carrier set includes: CC1, CC2 and CC3.
  • the first carrier set includes: CC3 and CC5.
  • the first carrier that sends the first data packet is a carrier in the first carrier set
  • the second carrier that sends the second data packet is a carrier in the second carrier set.
  • the first carrier and the second carrier are the first carrier A carrier set is the same carrier as the second carrier set
  • the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through one carrier.
  • the first carrier and the second carrier are different carriers in the first carrier set and the second carrier set, the first data packet and the second data packet are sent to the second terminal through the two different carriers.
  • the resource pool set in the first bearer information is orthogonal to the resource pool set in the second bearer information.
  • the resource pool set in the first bearer information is the resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier in the first carrier set, that is, the first resource pool set, and the resource pool set in the first bearer information is the available carrier in the second carrier set
  • the corresponding resource pool set is the second resource pool set.
  • the resource pool in the first resource pool set, that is, the first resource pool is used for sending the first data packet
  • the resource pool in the second resource pool set, that is, the second resource pool is used for sending the second data packet.
  • the resources for sending the first data packet and the resources for sending the second data packet are exactly the same pay.
  • the configuration of the first bearer configuration includes at least one of the following:
  • the network device When the first terminal is in a first state, the network device sends a SIB message, and the first state is an RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
  • the network device When the first terminal is in the first state, the network device is pre-configured
  • the network device When the first terminal is in the second state, the network device sends it through dedicated signaling, and the second state is an RRC connection state.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first terminal determines the first bearer according to reliability
  • the first terminal determines the second bearer according to a first mapping relationship, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the first bearer and the second bearer.
  • the first terminal is configured with an association relationship between the reliability and the bearer, and the first terminal determines the bearer associated with the reliability as the first bearer according to the reliability.
  • the first terminal After determining the first bearer, the first terminal determines the bearer having the first mapping relationship with the first bearer as the second bearer.
  • the bearer is identified by the bearer identifier.
  • the terminal device After determining the first bearer and the second bearer, the terminal device determines the bearer configuration information of the first bearer and the bearer configuration information of the second bearer based on the first bearer configuration, and sends the second bearer based on the first bearer indicated by the bearer configuration information of the first bearer.
  • a data packet instructing the second bearer to send the second data packet based on the bearer configuration information of the second bearer.
  • the first mapping relationship is configured by the network device.
  • the method before S401, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal sends second indication information to the second terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet copy function is activated or deactivated.
  • the second terminal receives second indication information sent by the first terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet copy function is activated or deactivated.
  • the first terminal When the first terminal satisfies the conditions for data packet copying and before the data packet copying function is not activated, the first terminal sends the second indication information indicating that the data packet copying function is activated to the second terminal to notify the second terminal that the first terminal will Activate the packet copy function. At this time, the second terminal indicates that the data packet copy function is activated through the second indication information to know that the first terminal will activate the data packet copy function.
  • the first terminal before the first terminal deactivates the data packet copy function, it sends second indication information indicating that the data packet copy function is deactivated to the second terminal, so as to notify the second terminal that the first terminal will deactivate the data packet copy function.
  • the second indication information indicating that the data packet copy function is deactivated by the second terminal knows that the first terminal will deactivate the data packet copy function.
  • the transmission manner of the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • SCI Sidelink Control Information
  • the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • An identifier of a first bearer where the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet
  • An identifier of a second bearer where the second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet
  • the method when the first indication information indicates that the packet copy function is activated, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal sends a first bearer configuration to the second terminal, the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, The second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second terminal receives the first bearer configuration sent by the first terminal.
  • the method further includes: the second terminal sending feedback information in response to the second indication information to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal receives feedback information sent by the second terminal in response to the second indication information.
  • the manner of receiving the feedback information includes at least one of the following:
  • PSFCH Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel
  • the feedback information instructs the second terminal to accept or reject the activation of the data packet copy function by the first terminal.
  • the first terminal activates the data packet copy function to perform data packet copy.
  • the first terminal When the feedback information indicates that the second terminal refuses the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function, the first terminal does not activate the data packet copy function, and does not perform data packet copy.
  • the method further includes: when the second terminal receives the second indication information, reporting fourth indication information to the network device; the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the network The device performs bearer configuration reconfiguration for the second terminal.
  • the second terminal when the second terminal correctly receives the second indication information, it reports the fourth indication information to the network device.
  • the fourth indication information is used to indicate the first bearer configuration sent by the first terminal device to the second device, and the network device performs bearer configuration reconfiguration for the second terminal device according to the first bearer configuration implemented by the fourth indication information , to configure the bearer configuration applicable to the second terminal device for the second terminal device.
  • the feedback information indicates that the second terminal refuses the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function.
  • the network device fails to reconfigure the bearer configuration corresponding to the first bearer configuration for the second terminal, and the second terminal will not be able to correctly receive the data packets sent by the first terminal in the first bearer configuration , the second terminal refuses the first terminal device to activate the data packet copy function.
  • the feedback information instructs the second terminal to accept the activation of the data packet copy function by the first terminal.
  • the network device successfully reconfigures the bearer configuration corresponding to the first bearer configuration for the second terminal, and the second terminal can correctly receive the first data packet and the second data packet sent by the first terminal based on the first bearer configuration based on the reconfigured bearer configuration , the second terminal accepts that the first terminal device activates the data packet copy function.
  • the method also includes:
  • the second terminal receives the SL MAC CE sent by the first terminal.
  • the method also includes:
  • the first terminal receives third indication information sent by the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate whether the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication.
  • the third indication information indicates that the first terminal does not perform SL MAC CE replication
  • the first terminal does not perform SL MAC CE replication.
  • the method when the third indication information indicates that the first terminal does not perform SL MAC CE replication, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal sends the first SL MAC CE to the second terminal.
  • the SL MAC CE received by the second terminal from the first terminal includes the first SL MAC CE.
  • the first terminal determines not to perform SL MAC CE duplication based on the third indication information, the SL MAC CE duplication is not performed, and the SL MAC CE corresponding to the first data packet, that is, the first SL MAC CE is sent to the second terminal.
  • the first SL MAC CE is multiplexed with the data of the first data packet or the data of the second data packet.
  • the first terminal In the case where the first SL MAC CE and the data of the first data packet are multiplexed, the first terminal multiplexes the first SL MAC CE and the data of the first data packet in the first data packet. The second terminal determines the first SL MAC CE based on the first data packet.
  • the first terminal In the case of multiplexing the data of the first SL MAC CE and the second data packet, the first terminal multiplexes the data of the first SL MAC CE and the second data packet in the second data packet.
  • the second terminal determines the first SL MAC CE based on the second data packet.
  • the first SL MAC CE multiplexes a first logical channel for sending, and the first logical channel is a logical channel that carries the first data packet or the second data packet.
  • the first logical channel is a logical channel for transmitting the first data packet.
  • the first terminal multiplexes the first logical channel to send the first data packet and the first SL MAC CE, and the second terminal multiplexes the first logical channel to receive the first data packet and the first SL MAC CE.
  • the first logical channel is a logical channel for transmitting the second data packet.
  • the first terminal multiplexes the first logical channel to send the second data packet and the first SL MAC CE, and the second terminal multiplexes the first logical channel to receive the second data packet and the first SL MAC CE.
  • the first terminal When the third indication information instructs the first terminal to perform SL MAC CE replication, the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication.
  • the method when the third indication information indicates that the first terminal performs SL MAC CE duplication, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication to obtain the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE;
  • the first terminal sends the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE to the second terminal.
  • the SL MAC CE received by the second terminal from the first terminal includes a first SL MAC CE and a second SL MAC CE, and the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE are passed SL MAC CE copied.
  • the first SL MAC CE is the copied SL MAC CE, which can be understood as the original SL MAC CE
  • the second SL MAC CE is the SL MAC CE obtained by copying the original SL MAC CE, which can be understood as the copied SL MAC CE.
  • the first terminal determines to perform SL MAC CE replication based on the third indication information, perform SL MAC CE replication to obtain the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE, and send the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE to the second terminal.
  • the second terminal receives the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE.
  • the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE are transmitted based on a second bearer configuration.
  • the first terminal sends the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE to the second terminal based on the second bearer configuration, and the second terminal receives the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC based on the second bearer configuration CE.
  • the second bearer configuration transmission is configured by the network device.
  • the second bearer configuration includes: first sending information and second sending information, the first sending information is sending information corresponding to the first SL MAC CE, and the second sending information is Corresponding to the sending information of the second SL MAC CE.
  • the sending information indicates at least one of the following:
  • a set of transmit carriers comprising at least one transmit carrier
  • the method further comprises:
  • the second terminal sends HARQ feedback to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal receives the HARQ feedback sent by the second terminal.
  • the HARQ feedback received by the first terminal indicates whether the second terminal successfully receives the first data packet and the second data packet, or indicates whether the first terminal needs to retransmit the first data packet and the second data packet.
  • the transmission mode of the HARQ feedback includes at least one of the following:
  • the first HARQ feedback is transmitted on the first resource, and the second HARQ feedback is transmitted on the second resource, the first resource is the feedback resource corresponding to the first data packet, and the first HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the first data packet, the second resource is a feedback resource corresponding to the second data packet, and the second HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the second data packet;
  • Transmission mode 2 transmitting the first HARQ feedback on the first resource
  • Transmission manner 3 Transmit third HARQ feedback on the first resource, where the third HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the first data packet and the second data packet.
  • the manner in which the second terminal sends the HARQ feedback includes at least one of the following:
  • Way A1 Send the first HARQ feedback on the first resource, and send the second HARQ feedback on the second resource, the first resource is the feedback resource corresponding to the first data packet, and the first HARQ feedback is For the HARQ feedback of the first data packet, the second resource is a feedback resource corresponding to the second data packet, and the second HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the second data packet;
  • Mode A2 sending the first HARQ feedback on the first resource
  • Manner A3 Send third HARQ feedback on the first resource, where the third HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the first data packet and the second data packet.
  • the manner in which the first terminal receives the HARQ feedback includes at least one of the following:
  • Manner B1 receiving first HARQ feedback on a first resource, and receiving second HARQ feedback on a second resource, where the first resource is a feedback resource corresponding to the first data packet, and the first HARQ feedback is For the HARQ feedback of the first data packet, the second resource is a feedback resource corresponding to the second data packet, and the second HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the second data packet;
  • Manner B3 Receive third HARQ feedback on the first resource, where the third HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the first data packet and the second data packet.
  • the second terminal uses the method A1 to send the first HARQ feedback on the first resource, and sends the second HARQ feedback on the second resource.
  • the first terminal uses the method B1 to receive the first HARQ feedback on the first resource.
  • HARQ feedback and receiving a second HARQ feedback on a second resource.
  • the second terminal only sends the first HARQ feedback on the first resource using manner A2, and the first terminal receives the first HARQ feedback on the first resource using manner B2.
  • the second terminal uses the method A3 to send the third HARQ feedback for the first data packet and the second data packet on the first resource.
  • the first terminal uses the method B3 to receive the third HARQ feedback on the first resource.
  • the second terminal may indicate the feedback manners of the foregoing multiple HARQ feedbacks.
  • the second terminal sends the data packet 1 and the data packet 1' using the manner A1, wherein the data packet 1' is a duplicate data packet corresponding to the data packet 1.
  • the first terminal receives the data packet 1 and the data packet 1' based on the mode B1.
  • the second terminal sends the data packet 2 and the data packet 2' using the manner A2, wherein the data packet 2' is a duplicate data packet corresponding to the data packet 2.
  • the first terminal receives data packet 2 and data packet 2' based on manner B2.
  • the second terminal sends the data packet 3 and the data packet 3' using the mode A1, wherein the data packet 3' is a duplicate data packet corresponding to the data packet 3.
  • the first terminal receives the data packet 3 and the data packet 3' based on the mode B1.
  • the second terminal uses the mode A3 to send the data packet 4 and the data packet 4 ′, wherein the data packet 4 ′ is a duplicate data packet corresponding to the data packet 4 .
  • the first terminal receives the data packet 4 and the data packet 4' based on the mode B3.
  • the second terminal sends the data packet 5 and the data packet 5 ′ in the manner A1, wherein the data packet 5 ′ is a duplicate data packet corresponding to the data packet 5 .
  • the first terminal receives the data packet 5 and the data packet 5' based on the mode B1.
  • the second terminal uses the mode A2 to send the data packet 6 and the data packet 6 ′, wherein the data packet 6 ′ is a duplicate data packet corresponding to the data packet 6 .
  • the first terminal receives data packet 2 and data packet 2' based on manner B2.
  • the second terminal uses the mode A3 to send the data packet 7 and the data packet 7 ′, wherein the data packet 7 ′ is a duplicate data packet corresponding to the data packet 7 .
  • the first terminal receives the data packet 7 and the data packet 7' based on the mode B3.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a data transmission method, as shown in FIG. 6, including:
  • the network device configures data packet replication configuration for the first terminal.
  • the data packet duplication configuration is used for the data packet duplication function of the first terminal, and the first data packet and the second data packet obtained based on the data packet duplication function are sent to the second terminal through the same or different carriers.
  • the packet replication configuration includes at least one of the following:
  • the second information is a threshold value corresponding to the first information, and the second information is used by the first terminal to determine whether to activate the data packet copy function;
  • first indication information where the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function
  • First bearer configuration where the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and/or a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, and the second bearer is for sending the second bearer The bearer of the second data packet,
  • a first mapping relationship where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the first bearer and the second bearer.
  • the first terminal judges whether to activate the data packet copy function based on the first information and the second information.
  • the first state is a radio resource control RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state.
  • the second information includes one of the following: a threshold value corresponding to reliability, a threshold value corresponding to CBR, and a threshold value corresponding to RSRP.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first terminal is in a unicast scenario, and the first information includes RSRP.
  • the second information when the first information includes information, the second information includes a threshold value corresponding to the information.
  • the second information includes: a threshold value corresponding to Reliability, that is, a Reliability threshold value.
  • the second information includes: a threshold corresponding to the CBR, that is, a CBR threshold.
  • the second information includes: a threshold value corresponding to the RSRP, that is, an RSRP threshold value.
  • the second information includes: a threshold value corresponding to CBR, that is, a CBR threshold value, and a threshold value corresponding to RSRP, that is, an RSRP threshold value.
  • the second information includes: the threshold corresponding to Reliability is the Reliability threshold, the threshold corresponding to CBR is the CBR threshold, and the threshold corresponding to RSRP is RSRP threshold.
  • the activation condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the reliability is less than the reliability threshold
  • the channel busy rate is greater than the channel busy rate threshold
  • RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold.
  • the activation condition includes: the reliability is less than a reliability threshold, and when the reliability is less than the reliability threshold, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function.
  • the activation condition includes: the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold, and when the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function.
  • the activation condition includes: the RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold, and when the RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function.
  • the activation conditions include: CBR is greater than the CBR threshold, and RSRP is less than the RSRP threshold.
  • the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold and the RSRP is less than the RSRP threshold, the first terminal activates packet replication Function.
  • the second information used by the first terminal to determine whether to activate the packet copy function may be all or part of the second information configured by the network device for the first terminal.
  • the second information configured by the network device for the first terminal includes: a reliability threshold and an RSRP threshold, and the first terminal uses the reliability threshold and the RSRP threshold to determine whether to activate the data packet replication function .
  • the second information configured by the network device for the first terminal includes: a reliability threshold and an RSRP threshold, and the first terminal uses the reliability threshold to determine whether to activate the data packet replication function.
  • the second information configured by the network device for the first terminal includes: a reliability threshold, a CBR threshold, and an RSRP threshold, and the first terminal uses the reliability threshold and the RSRP threshold to determine whether Activate the packet copy function.
  • the second information configured by the network device for the first terminal includes: a reliability threshold, a CBR threshold, and an RSRP threshold, and the first terminal uses the reliability threshold, the CBR threshold, and the RSRP threshold.
  • the threshold value determines whether to activate the data packet copy function.
  • the configuration of the second information includes:
  • the network device configures the first terminal through the first message.
  • the first message includes one of the following:
  • the SIB message broadcast by the network device
  • different threshold values can be configured through the same message or different messages.
  • the reliability threshold and the CBR threshold are configured through SIB messages.
  • the reliability threshold is configured through the SIB message, and the CBR threshold and the RSRP threshold are configured through the pre-configuration message.
  • the method also includes:
  • the network device receives the second QoS information sent by the first terminal, where the second QoS information is used to determine the first indication information.
  • the second QoS information is service QoS information, which may include at least one of the following information: QCI, ARP, GBR and other information.
  • the first terminal sends the second QoS information to the network device, the network device receives the second QoS information, determines whether the first terminal activates the data packet copy function according to the received second QoS information, and determines whether the first terminal can activate the data packet copy function. In this case, the network device sends the first indication information to the first terminal.
  • the network device when the network device determines that the first terminal cannot activate the data packet copy function, it sends a notification message to the first terminal to indicate that the first terminal cannot activate the data packet copy function.
  • the reason why the first terminal cannot activate the data packet copy function is carried in the notification message.
  • the second QoS information is also used by the network device to determine whether the second bearer information in the first bearer configuration needs to be configured for the first terminal, so The second bearer information is used to indicate the second bearer.
  • the data packet configuration includes the first bearer configuration
  • the first bearer configuration includes bearer information
  • the bearer information includes at least one of the following:
  • available carrier information the available carrier information indicating a set of available carriers, the set of available carriers including at least one available carrier
  • First resource pool information where the first resource pool information indicates a resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier, and the resource pool set includes at least one resource pool;
  • the bearer attribute is used to indicate that the bearer information is first bearer information or second bearer information, the first bearer information is used to indicate the first bearer, and the second bearer information is used to indicate the Describe the second bearer.
  • the available carrier information is located in the MAC layer configuration.
  • the set of available carriers in the first bearer information and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information are orthogonal or non-orthogonal.
  • the set of available carriers in the first bearer information that is, the first set of carriers and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information
  • the set, that is, the second set of carriers does not include the same available carrier.
  • the first carrier set includes: CC1, CC2 and CC3.
  • the first carrier set includes: CC4, CC5.
  • the first carrier that sends the first data packet is a carrier in the first carrier set
  • the second carrier that sends the second data packet is a carrier in the second carrier set
  • the first carrier is different from the second carrier.
  • the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through two different carriers.
  • the first set of carriers and the second set of carriers include the same available carriers.
  • the first carrier set includes: CC1, CC2 and CC3.
  • the first carrier set includes: CC3 and CC5.
  • the first carrier that sends the first data packet is a carrier in the first carrier set
  • the second carrier that sends the second data packet is a carrier in the second carrier set.
  • the first carrier and the second carrier are the first carrier A carrier set is the same carrier as the second carrier set
  • the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through one carrier.
  • the first carrier and the second carrier are different carriers in the first carrier set and the second carrier set, the first data packet and the second data packet are sent to the second terminal through the two different carriers.
  • the resource pool set in the first bearer information is orthogonal to the resource pool set in the second bearer information.
  • the resource pool set in the first bearer information is the resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier in the first carrier set, that is, the first resource pool set, and the resource pool set in the first bearer information is the available carrier in the second carrier set
  • the corresponding resource pool set is the second resource pool set.
  • the resource pool in the first resource pool set, that is, the first resource pool is used for sending the first data packet
  • the resource pool in the second resource pool set, that is, the second resource pool is used for sending the second data packet.
  • the resources for sending the first data packet and the resources for sending the second data packet are exactly the same pay.
  • the configuration of the first bearer configuration includes at least one of the following:
  • the network device When the first terminal is in a first state, the network device sends a SIB message, and the first state is an RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
  • the network device When the first terminal is in the first state, the network device is pre-configured
  • the network device When the first terminal is in the second state, the network device sends it through dedicated signaling, and the second state is an RRC connected state.
  • the network device receives fourth indication information sent by the second terminal device; the second indication information is used to instruct the network device to reconfigure the first bearer configuration for the second terminal.
  • the first terminal determines that the data packet copy function needs to be activated, it sends second indication information to the second terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet copy function is activated.
  • the second terminal receives the second indication information indicating that the packet copy function is activated, it sends fourth indication information to the network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the network device is the second
  • the terminal performs bearer configuration reconfiguration.
  • the network device When the network device receives the fourth indication information, it reconfigures the bearer configuration to the second terminal based on the first bearer configuration.
  • the network device when the reconfiguration of the network device is successful, sends the reconfigured bearer configuration to the second terminal, and the second terminal sends an indication to the first terminal based on the received reconfigured bearer configuration to accept the packet copy function Activated feedback information.
  • the network device when the reconfiguration of the network device fails, the network device sends information indicating the reconfiguration failure to the second terminal or does not send information to the second terminal, and the second terminal receives the information indicating the reconfiguration failure or If the reconfigured bearer configuration is not received within the set time period, feedback information indicating that the function of refusing to copy the data packet is activated is sent to the first terminal.
  • the network device sends third indication information to the first terminal, where the third indication information is used to indicate whether the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication.
  • the first terminal when the third indication information received by the first terminal indicates that the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication, the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication to obtain the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE, and The first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE are sent to the second terminal.
  • the first terminal when the third indication information received by the first terminal indicates that the first terminal does not perform SL MAC CE replication, the first terminal does not perform SL MAC CE replication, and sends the first SL MAC CE to the second terminal.
  • the method further includes: the network device configuring a second bearer configuration to the first terminal, and the second bearer configuration is used to indicate the transmission of the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE , the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE are obtained by duplicating the SL MAC CE of the first terminal.
  • the second bearer configuration includes: first sending information and second sending information, the first sending information is sending information corresponding to the first SL MAC CE, and the second sending information is Corresponding to the sending information of the second SL MAC CE.
  • the sending information indicates at least one of the following:
  • a set of transmit carriers comprising at least one transmit carrier
  • the terminal copies the data packet at the PDCP layer, and delivers the data packet to the MAC layer through two RLC entities.
  • the terminal copies the data packet and sends the data packet, it may also be based on one or more of the following examples.
  • Example 1 The base station configures the sending terminal to activate the packet copy function
  • the base station configures auxiliary information for the terminal, and the auxiliary information is used to help the sending terminal determine whether to activate the data packet copy function.
  • the auxiliary information can be included in the SIB message broadcast by the base station, or in the pre-configuration message, and includes at least one of the following:
  • the threshold value of reliability (Reliability) in the QoS information is the threshold value of reliability (Reliability) in the QoS information
  • the auxiliary information includes a threshold value of Reliability, and the sending terminal judges whether to activate a packet duplication function (packet duplication) according to the QoS information of its own service.
  • the auxiliary information includes a combination of the Reliability threshold and the CBR threshold of the resource pool, that is, the Reliability-CBR threshold, and the sending terminal judges according to its own QoS information and the CBR measurement information for the resource pool Whether to activate packet duplication.
  • the auxiliary information includes a combination of the Reliability threshold and the unicast RSRP threshold, that is, the Reliability-RSRP threshold, and the sending terminal determines whether to activate packet duplication according to its own QoS information and the RSRP measurement value.
  • the terminal reports to the base station that the sidelinkUEInformation includes the QoS information of its own business, and the base station indicates to the terminal whether to activate packet duplication.
  • the base station will configure auxiliary information for the terminal to help the sending terminal determine whether to activate the packet duplication function. Specifically,
  • the auxiliary information can be included in the SIB message broadcast by the base station, or in the pre-configuration message, and include at least one of the following:
  • the terminal judges whether to activate packet duplication according to the QoS information of its own business
  • the combined threshold value of Reliability in QoS and resource pool CBR that is, the Reliability-CBR threshold value, the terminal determines whether to activate packet duplication according to its own QoS information and the CBR measurement information for the resource pool
  • the combined threshold value of Reliability and unicast RSRP in QoS that is, the Reliability-RSRP threshold value
  • the terminal judges whether to activate packet duplication according to its own QoS information and RSRP measurement value information
  • the terminal If the terminal is in RRC connected, the terminal reports a Sidelink UE Information (SUI) message to the base station, wherein the SUI message contains the QoS information of its own service, and the base station indicates to the terminal whether to activate based on the received QoS information packet duplication.
  • SAI Sidelink UE Information
  • Example 2 The base station configures original data stream bearer and duplicate data stream bearer
  • the original data stream bearer that is, the original bearer is a bearer for sending the original data stream
  • the duplicate data stream bearer that is, the duplicate bearer is a bearer for sending the duplicate data stream
  • the base station configures the bearer of the original data flow and the bearer of the copied data flow to the sending terminal through the SIB or a pre-configuration message at the same time.
  • the base station configures the original data flow bearer and the duplicate data flow bearer to the sending terminal through dedicated signaling at the same time.
  • the bearer configuration (including the original bearer configuration for the original data stream bearer and the duplicate bearer configuration for the duplicate data stream bearer) may include at least one of the following information:
  • the resource pool set can be configured as: CC1 (rp index 0, 1, 2), CC2 (rp index 0, 1, 2), representing the resource pool corresponding to the available carrier CC1
  • the set includes resource pools with indexes 0, 1, and 2 respectively
  • the resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier CC2 includes resource pools with indexes 0, 1, and 2 respectively.
  • the base station configures the mapping relationship between the original bearer and the duplicate bearer for the sending terminal.
  • the sending terminal When the sending terminal receives the bearer configuration and determines to activate packet duplication, it selects the duplicate bearer according to the original bearer corresponding to the QoS information (which can be Reliability) and the mapping relationship between the original bearer and the duplicate bearer, and sends the original data packet according to the bearer configuration with copy packets.
  • the QoS information which can be Reliability
  • the sending terminal When the sending terminal is in RRC connected, the sending terminal reports the SUI (including the service QoS information), the CBR measurement value of the resource pool and the RSRP measurement information of the unicast service to the base station, and the base station judges whether to activate the packet for the sending terminal based on the received information Duplication, and whether the bearer configuration needs to include the configuration information of the duplicate bearer, that is, the duplicate bearer configuration.
  • Example 3 In the unicast connection scenario, after the sending terminal activates packet duplication, it sends an instruction message to the receiving terminal
  • the sending end may send packet duplication activation indication information to the receiving end.
  • the packet duplication activation indication information can be sent in at least one of the following ways:
  • sidelink control information (sidelink control information, SCI)).
  • the receiving end may optionally send feedback information to the sending end.
  • the feedback information can be sent in at least one of the following ways:
  • the feedback information When the feedback information is sent through the PSFCH, it can be carried in the HARQ feedback.
  • the base station configures the sending information of the SL-MAC CE copy for the terminal.
  • the sending information includes at least one of the following:
  • the sending terminal can only multiplex the SL-MAC CE with the original or copied data stream, and when determining the logical channel priority (Logical Channel Prioritization, LCP) , if the SL-MAC CE needs to be sent, the MAC entity can only multiplex the SL-MAC CE with the data on the logical channel carrying the original data stream or the duplicate data stream.
  • LCP Logical Channel Prioritization
  • Example 5 How does the receiving terminal perform HARQ feedback feedback
  • the sending terminal activates packet duplication and sends data packets and HARQ feedback is activated
  • the receiving end can perform HARQ feedback in at least one of the following ways:
  • the receiving end can separately perform HARQ feedback on the original data packet and the duplicate data packet on PSFCH resources corresponding to the original data packet and the duplicate data packet;
  • the receiving end can only perform HARQ feedback on the original data packet on the PSFCH resource corresponding to the original data packet;
  • the receiving end can only perform HARQ feedback on the PSFCH resource corresponding to the original data packet, and the feedback information can include whether the original data packet is correctly received and whether the duplicate data packet is correctly received.
  • Example 3 when the receiving end correctly receives the packet duplication indication information from the sending end, the receiving end needs to report to the base station to obtain bearer reconfiguration.
  • the receiving end may feed back to the sending end the denial of packet duplication activation.
  • the data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application can solve how the transmitting terminal performs data packet copy transmission under the multi-carrier mechanism, and improves the reliability of data transmission.
  • sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in this application.
  • the implementation of the examples constitutes no limitation.
  • the terms “downlink”, “uplink” and “sidelink” are used to indicate the transmission direction of signals or data, wherein “downlink” is used to indicate that the transmission direction of signals or data is sent from the station The first direction to the user equipment in the cell, “uplink” is used to indicate that the signal or data transmission direction is the second direction sent from the user equipment in the cell to the station, and “side line” is used to indicate that the signal or data transmission direction is A third direction sent from UE1 to UE2.
  • “downlink signal” indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction.
  • the term “and/or” is only an association relationship describing associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships. Specifically, A and/or B may mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or” relationship.
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of the first structural composition of the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application, which is applied to the first terminal. As shown in Fig. 7, the data transmission device 700 includes:
  • the first copying unit 701 is configured to copy a data packet to obtain a first data packet and a second data packet;
  • the first sending unit 702 is configured to send the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through the side link SL, the first data packet is sent through the first carrier, and the second data packet The packets are sent over a second carrier, the first carrier being the same as or different from the second carrier.
  • the conditions for the first terminal to perform packet duplication include at least one of the following:
  • the packet copy function is activated
  • a first bearer configuration is configured, and the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and/or a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, and the second bearer is for sending the The bearer of the second data packet;
  • the manner in which the packet copy function is activated includes one of the following:
  • the first terminal is in a first state, and the first information satisfies an activation condition; the first state is a radio resource control RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
  • the first terminal is in a second state and receives first indication information from a network device; the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function, and the second state is RRC connection state.
  • device 700 also includes:
  • the first judging unit is configured to judge whether the first information satisfies the activation condition based on the first information and second information, where the second information is a threshold value corresponding to the first information.
  • the first information includes one of the following:
  • the activation condition includes at least one of the following:
  • the reliability is less than the reliability threshold
  • the channel busy rate is greater than the channel busy rate threshold
  • RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold.
  • the configuration of the second information includes:
  • the network device configures the first terminal through the first message.
  • the first message includes one of the following:
  • a system information block SIB message broadcast by the network device A system information block SIB message broadcast by the network device;
  • the first sending unit 702 is further configured to:
  • the first terminal Before the first terminal receives the first indication information sent by the network device, send second QoS information to the network device, where the second QoS information is used by the network device to determine the first indication information.
  • the second QoS information is also used by the network device to determine whether second bearer information needs to be configured for the first terminal, the second bearer information is used to indicate a second bearer, and the first The second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet.
  • device 700 also includes:
  • the first receiving unit is configured to receive a first bearer configuration configured by a network device, the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, The second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet.
  • the first bearer configuration includes bearer information
  • the bearer information includes at least one of the following:
  • available carrier information the available carrier information indicating a set of available carriers, the set of available carriers including at least one available carrier
  • First resource pool information where the first resource pool information indicates a resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier, and the resource pool set includes at least one resource pool;
  • the bearer attribute is used to indicate that the bearer information is first bearer information or second bearer information, the first bearer information is used to indicate the first bearer, and the second bearer information is used to indicate the Describe the second bearer.
  • the set of available carriers in the first bearer information and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information are orthogonal or non-orthogonal; and/or
  • the resource pool set in the first bearer information is orthogonal to the resource pool set in the second bearer information.
  • the configuration of the first bearer configuration includes at least one of the following:
  • the network device When the first terminal is in a first state, the network device sends a SIB message, and the first state is an RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
  • the network device When the first terminal is in the first state, the network device is pre-configured
  • the network device When the first terminal is in the second state, the network device sends it through dedicated signaling, and the second state is an RRC connection state.
  • the device 700 further includes: a first determination unit configured to:
  • the second bearer Determine the second bearer according to a first mapping relationship, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the first bearer and the second bearer.
  • the first mapping relationship is configured by the network device.
  • the first sending unit 702 is further configured to:
  • the transmission manner of the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • An identifier of a first bearer where the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet
  • An identifier of a second bearer where the second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet
  • the first sending unit 701 is further configured to send a first bearer configuration to the second terminal, where the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and a second bearer, and the first bearer is A bearer for sending the first data packet, and the second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet.
  • device 700 also includes:
  • the second receiving unit is configured to receive feedback information sent by the second terminal in response to the second indication information.
  • the transmission manner of the feedback information includes at least one of the following:
  • the feedback information instructs the second terminal to accept or reject the activation of the data packet copy function by the first terminal.
  • the apparatus 700 further includes: a third receiving unit configured to receive third indication information sent by the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate whether the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication .
  • the method when the third indication information indicates that the first terminal does not perform SL MAC CE replication, the method further includes:
  • the first terminal sends the first SL MAC CE to the second terminal.
  • the first SL MAC CE is multiplexed with the data of the first data packet or the data of the second data packet.
  • the first SL MAC CE multiplexes a first logical channel for transmission, and the first logical channel is a channel for transmitting the first data packet or the second data packet.
  • device 700 also includes:
  • the second replication unit is configured to perform SL MAC CE replication to obtain the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE when the third indication information indicates that the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication;
  • the first sending unit 702 is configured to send the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE to the second terminal.
  • the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE are transmitted based on a second bearer configuration.
  • the second bearer configuration is configured by a network device.
  • the second bearer configuration includes: first sending information and second sending information, the first sending information is sending information corresponding to the first SL MAC CE, and the second sending information is Corresponding to the sending information of the second SL MAC CE.
  • the sending information indicates at least one of the following:
  • a set of transmit carriers comprising at least one transmit carrier
  • device 700 also includes:
  • the fourth receiving unit is configured to receive the HARQ feedback sent by the second terminal when the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback is activated.
  • the receiving manner of the HARQ feedback includes at least one of the following:
  • the first resource is the feedback resource corresponding to the first data packet
  • the first HARQ feedback is for the HARQ feedback of the first data packet
  • the second resource is a feedback resource corresponding to the second data packet
  • the second HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the second data packet
  • the third HARQ feedback being HARQ feedback for the first data packet and the second data packet.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure and composition of the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application, which is applied to the second terminal. As shown in FIG. 8, the data transmission device 800 includes:
  • the fifth receiving unit 801 is configured to receive the first data packet and the second data packet sent by the first terminal through the side link SL; the first data packet and the second data packet are data packets for the first terminal Obtained by copying: the first data packet is received through a first carrier, the second data packet is received through a second carrier, and the first carrier is the same as or different from the second carrier.
  • the fifth receiving unit 801 is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the first terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet copy function is activated or deactivated.
  • the transmission manner of the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
  • An identifier of a first bearer where the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet
  • An identifier of a second bearer where the second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet
  • the apparatus 800 further includes: a second sending unit configured to receive the first bearer configuration sent by the first terminal when the second indication information indicates that the data packet copy function is activated ;
  • the first bearer configuration is configured by the network device for the first terminal device, the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and a second bearer, and the first bearer is used to transmit the first data packet, the second bearer is used for transmission or the second data packet.
  • the first bearer configuration includes bearer information
  • the bearer information includes at least one of the following:
  • available carrier information the available carrier information indicating a set of available carriers, the set of available carriers including at least one available carrier
  • First resource pool information where the first resource pool information indicates a resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier, and the resource pool set includes at least one resource pool;
  • the bearer attribute is used to indicate that the bearer information is first bearer information or second bearer information, the first bearer information is used to indicate the first bearer, and the second bearer information is used to indicate the Describe the second bearer.
  • the set of available carriers in the first bearer information and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information are orthogonal or non-orthogonal; and/or
  • the resource pool set in the first bearer information is orthogonal to the resource pool set in the second bearer information.
  • the second sending unit is configured to send feedback information in response to the second indication information to the first terminal.
  • the transmission manner of the feedback information includes at least one of the following:
  • the feedback information instructs the second terminal to accept or reject the activation of the data packet copy function by the first terminal.
  • the fifth receiving unit 801 is configured to report fourth indication information to the network device when receiving the second indication information; the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the network device is the The second terminal performs bearer configuration reconfiguration.
  • the feedback information indicates that the second terminal refuses the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function.
  • the fifth receiving unit 801 is further configured to receive the SL-MAC CE sent by the first terminal.
  • the SL-MAC CE sent by the first terminal includes: a first SL-MAC CE.
  • the first SL MAC CE is multiplexed with the data of the first data packet or the data of the second data packet.
  • the first SL MAC CE multiplexes a first logical channel for sending, and the first logical channel is a channel for transmitting the first data packet or the second data packet.
  • the SL-MAC CE sent by the first terminal includes: the first SL-MAC CE and the second SL-MAC CE, the first SL-MAC CE and the second SL-MAC CE It is obtained by the first terminal through duplication of the SL-MAC CE.
  • the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE are transmitted based on a second bearer configuration.
  • the second bearer configuration includes: first sending information and second sending information, the first sending information is sending information corresponding to the first SL MAC CE, and the second sending information is Corresponding to the sending information of the second SL MAC CE.
  • the sending information indicates at least one of the following:
  • a set of transmit carriers comprising at least one transmit carrier
  • the apparatus 800 further includes: a third sending module configured to send the HARQ feedback to the first terminal when the HARQ feedback is activated.
  • the transmission mode of the HARQ feedback includes at least one of the following:
  • the first HARQ feedback is transmitted on the first resource, and the second HARQ feedback is transmitted on the second resource, the first resource is the feedback resource corresponding to the first data packet, and the first HARQ feedback is for the HARQ feedback of the first data packet, the second resource is a feedback resource corresponding to the second data packet, and the second HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the second data packet;
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the structure and composition of the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application, which is applied to network equipment. As shown in FIG. 9, the data transmission device 900 includes:
  • the first configuration unit configures the data packet copy configuration for the first terminal, the data packet copy configuration is used for the data packet copy function of the first terminal, and the first data packet and the second data packet obtained based on the data packet copy function
  • the data packets are sent to the second terminal via the same or different carriers.
  • the packet replication configuration includes at least one of the following:
  • the second information is a threshold value corresponding to the first information, and the second information is used by the first terminal to determine whether to activate the data packet copy function;
  • first indication information where the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function
  • First bearer configuration where the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and/or a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, and the second bearer is for sending the second bearer The bearer of the second data packet,
  • a first mapping relationship where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the first bearer and the second bearer.
  • the first information includes one of the following:
  • the configuration of the second information includes:
  • the network device configures the first terminal through the first message.
  • the first message includes one of the following:
  • a system information block SIB message broadcast by the network device A system information block SIB message broadcast by the network device;
  • device 900 also includes:
  • a fifth receiving unit configured to receive second QoS information sent by the first terminal, where the second QoS information is used to determine the first indication information.
  • the second QoS information is also used by the network device to determine whether the second bearer information in the first bearer configuration needs to be configured for the first terminal, and the second bearer information is used for Indicates the second bearer.
  • the first bearer configuration includes bearer information
  • the bearer information includes at least one of the following:
  • available carrier information the available carrier information indicating a set of available carriers, the set of available carriers including at least one available carrier
  • First resource pool information where the first resource pool information indicates a resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier, and the resource pool set includes at least one resource pool;
  • the bearer attribute is used to indicate that the bearer information is first bearer information or second bearer information, the first bearer information is used to indicate the first bearer, and the second bearer information is used to indicate the Describe the second bearer.
  • the set of available carriers in the first bearer information and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information are orthogonal or non-orthogonal; and/or
  • the resource pool set in the first bearer information is orthogonal to the resource pool set in the second bearer information.
  • the configuration of the first bearer configuration includes at least one of the following:
  • the network device When the first terminal is in a first state, the network device sends a SIB message, and the first state is an RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
  • the network device When the first terminal is in the first state, the network device is pre-configured
  • the network device When the first terminal is in the second state, the network device sends it through dedicated signaling, and the second state is an RRC connected state.
  • device 900 also includes:
  • a sixth receiving unit configured to receive fourth indication information sent by the second terminal device; the second indication information is used to instruct the network device to reconfigure the first bearer configuration for the second terminal.
  • the apparatus 900 further includes: a fourth sending unit configured to send third indication information to the first terminal, where the third indication information is used to indicate whether the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication .
  • device 900 also includes:
  • the second configuration unit is configured to configure a second bearer configuration to the first terminal, the second bearer configuration is used to indicate the transmission of the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE, the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE
  • the second SL MAC CE is obtained by duplicating the SL MAC CE of the first terminal.
  • the second bearer configuration includes: first sending information and second sending information, the first sending information is sending information corresponding to the first SL MAC CE, and the second sending information is Corresponding to the sending information of the second SL MAC CE.
  • the sending information indicates at least one of the following:
  • a set of transmit carriers comprising at least one transmit carrier
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may be a terminal device (first terminal or second terminal).
  • the communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 10 includes a processor 1010, and the processor 1010 can invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1000 may further include a memory 1020 .
  • the processor 1010 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 1020, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 1020 may be an independent device independent of the processor 1010 , or may be integrated in the processor 1010 .
  • the communication device 1000 may further include a transceiver 1030, and the processor 1010 may control the transceiver 1030 to communicate with other devices, specifically, to send information or data to other devices, or receive other Information or data sent by the device.
  • the processor 1010 may control the transceiver 1030 to communicate with other devices, specifically, to send information or data to other devices, or receive other Information or data sent by the device.
  • the transceiver 1030 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transceiver 1030 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
  • the communication device 1000 may specifically be the network device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here. .
  • the communication device 1000 may specifically be the mobile terminal/terminal device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiment of the present application, for the sake of brevity , which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 1100 shown in FIG. 11 includes a processor 1110, and the processor 1110 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip 1100 may further include a memory 1120 .
  • the processor 1110 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 1120, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the memory 1120 may be an independent device independent of the processor 1110 , or may be integrated in the processor 1110 .
  • the chip 1100 may also include an input interface 1130 .
  • the processor 1110 can control the input interface 1130 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
  • the chip 1100 may also include an output interface 1140 .
  • the processor 1110 can control the output interface 1140 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can output information or data to other devices or chips.
  • the chip can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the chip can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application.
  • the chip mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-a-chip, or a system-on-a-chip.
  • Fig. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the communication system 1200 includes a terminal device 1210 and a network device 1220 .
  • the terminal device 1210 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the terminal device in the above method
  • the network device 1220 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the network device in the above method.
  • the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability.
  • each step of the above-mentioned method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software.
  • the above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other available Program logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components.
  • DSP Digital Signal Processor
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor.
  • the software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register.
  • the storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or Flash.
  • the volatile memory can be Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory.
  • RAM Static Random Access Memory
  • SRAM Static Random Access Memory
  • DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • SDRAM double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory
  • Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory
  • Direct Rambus RAM Direct Rambus RAM
  • the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM), etc. That is, the memory in the embodiments of the present application is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer programs.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application , for the sake of brevity, it is not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including computer program instructions.
  • the computer program product can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application, For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program.
  • the computer program can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer program executes each method in the embodiment of the present application to be implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device
  • the corresponding process will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory,) ROM, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc, etc., which can store program codes. .

Abstract

Provided in the embodiments of the present application are a data transmission method and apparatus, and a terminal device and a network device. The method comprises: a first terminal performing data packet duplication, so as to obtain a first data packet and a second data packet; and the first terminal sending the first data packet and the second data packet to a second terminal by means of an SL, wherein the first data packet is sent by means of a first carrier, the second data packet is sent by means of a second carrier, and the first carrier is the same as or different from the second carrier.

Description

一种数据传输方法及装置、终端设备、网络设备A data transmission method and device, terminal equipment, and network equipment 技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及移动通信技术领域,具体涉及一种数据传输方法及装置、终端设备、网络设备。The embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of mobile communications, and in particular to a data transmission method and device, terminal equipment, and network equipment.
背景技术Background technique
设备到设备通信(Device-to-Device,D2D)是一种侧行链路(Sidelink,SL)传输技术,与传统的蜂窝系统中通信数据通过基站接收或者发送的方式不同,采用终端到终端直接通信的方式,因此,具有更高的频谱效率以及更低的传输时延。Device-to-Device communication (Device-to-Device, D2D) is a sidelink (Sidelink, SL) transmission technology, which is different from the way in which communication data is received or sent by the base station in the traditional cellular system, and uses terminal-to-terminal direct The way of communication, therefore, has higher spectral efficiency and lower transmission delay.
在第三代合作伙伴计划(3 rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)中,LTE系统中的D2D分成了以下几个阶段进行研究:邻近服务(Proximity based Service,ProSe)、车联网(vehicle to X,V2X)和针对可穿戴设备的进一步增强长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)D2D的(Further Enhancements to LTE Device to Device,FeD2D)、多载波,其中,ProSe服务能够达到省电的效果,V2X需要关注时延问题,FeD2D主要面向低移动速度以及低功率接入的场景,多载波用于提升数据的传输率和传输可靠性。 In the 3rd Generation Partnership Project ( 3rd Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP), the D2D in the LTE system is divided into the following stages for research: proximity service (Proximity based Service, ProSe), vehicle networking (vehicle to X, V2X) ) and further enhancements for wearable devices Long Term Evolution (LTE) D2D (Further Enhancements to LTE Device to Device, FeD2D), multi-carrier, among them, ProSe service can achieve power saving effect, V2X needs attention when To solve the delay problem, FeD2D is mainly oriented to low mobile speed and low power access scenarios, and multi-carriers are used to improve data transmission rate and transmission reliability.
基于新无线(New Radio,NR)的V2X(即NR V2X)在基于LTE的V2X(即LTE V2X)的基础上,不局限于广播场景,而是进一步拓展到了单播和组播的场景,在这些场景下研究V2X的应用。由于车载系统具有持续的供电,因此功率效率不是主要问题,而数据传输的时延是主要问题,因此在系统设计上要求终端设备进行连续的发送和接收,但是数据传输的可靠性并无法得到保证。On the basis of LTE-based V2X (i.e. LTE V2X), V2X based on New Radio (NR) (i.e. LTE V2X) is not limited to broadcast scenarios, but further expanded to unicast and multicast scenarios. Research the application of V2X in these scenarios. Since the vehicle system has a continuous power supply, power efficiency is not the main issue, but the delay of data transmission is the main issue. Therefore, the system design requires the terminal equipment to perform continuous transmission and reception, but the reliability of data transmission cannot be guaranteed. .
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种数据传输方法及装置、终端设备、网络设备。Embodiments of the present application provide a data transmission method and device, a terminal device, and a network device.
本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法,包括:The data transmission method provided in the embodiment of this application includes:
第一终端进行数据包复制,得到第一数据包和第二数据包;The first terminal copies the data packet to obtain the first data packet and the second data packet;
所述第一终端将所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包通过SL发送给第二终端,所述第一数据包通过第一载波发送,所述第二数据包通过第二载波发送,所述第一载波与所述第二载波相同或不同。The first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through SL, the first data packet is sent through the first carrier, and the second data packet is sent through the second carrier , the first carrier is the same as or different from the second carrier.
本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法,包括:The data transmission method provided in the embodiment of this application includes:
第二终端通过SL接收第一终端发送的第一数据包和第二数据包;所述第一数据包和第二数据包为所述第一终端进行数据包复制得到的;所述第一数据包通过第一载波接收,所述第二数据包通过第二载波接收,所述第一载波与所述第二载波相同或不同。The second terminal receives the first data packet and the second data packet sent by the first terminal through the SL; the first data packet and the second data packet are obtained by duplicating data packets of the first terminal; the first data A packet is received over a first carrier, said second data packet is received over a second carrier, said first carrier being the same as or different from said second carrier.
本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法,包括:The data transmission method provided in the embodiment of this application includes:
网络设备为第一终端配置数据包复制配置,所述数据包复制配置用于所述第一终端的数据包复制功能,基于所述数据包复制功能得到的第一数据包和第二数据包通过相同或不同的载波发送至第二终端。The network device configures a data packet copy configuration for the first terminal, the data packet copy configuration is used for the data packet copy function of the first terminal, and the first data packet and the second data packet obtained based on the data packet copy function pass The same or different carrier is sent to the second terminal.
本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置,应用于第一终端,包括:The data transmission device provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to the first terminal, and includes:
第一复制单元,配置为进行数据包复制,得到第一数据包和第二数据包;The first copying unit is configured to copy the data packet to obtain the first data packet and the second data packet;
第一发送单元,配置为将所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包通过侧行链路(Sidelink,SL)发送给第二终端,所述第一数据包通过第一载波发送,所述第二数据包通过第二载波发送,所述第一载波与所述第二载波相同或不同。The first sending unit is configured to send the first data packet and the second data packet to a second terminal through a sidelink (Sidelink, SL), the first data packet is sent through a first carrier, and the The second data packet is sent through a second carrier, and the first carrier is the same as or different from the second carrier.
本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置,应用于第二终端,包括:The data transmission device provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to the second terminal, including:
第五接收单元,配置为通过SL接收第一终端发送的第一数据包和第二数据包;所述第一数据包和第二数据包为所述第一终端进行数据包复制得到的;所述第一数据包通过第一载波接收,所述第二数据包通过第二载波接收,所述第一载波与所述第二载波相同或不同。The fifth receiving unit is configured to receive the first data packet and the second data packet sent by the first terminal through the SL; the first data packet and the second data packet are obtained by duplicating data packets by the first terminal; The first data packet is received through a first carrier, the second data packet is received through a second carrier, and the first carrier is the same as or different from the second carrier.
本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置,应用于网络设备,包括:The data transmission device provided in the embodiment of the present application is applied to network equipment, including:
第一配置单元,配置为为第一终端配置数据包复制配置,所述数据包复制配置用于所述第一终端的数据包复制功能,基于所述数据包复制功能得到的第一数据包和第二数据包通过相同或不同的载波发送至第二终端。The first configuration unit is configured to configure a data packet copy configuration for the first terminal, the data packet copy configuration is used for the data packet copy function of the first terminal, and the first data packet obtained based on the data packet copy function and The second data packet is sent to the second terminal through the same or different carrier.
本申请实施例提供的终端设备,可以是上述方案中的第一终端或第二终端,该终端设备包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述的数据传输方法。The terminal device provided in this embodiment of the present application may be the first terminal or the second terminal in the above solution, and the terminal device includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory to execute the above data transmission method.
本申请实施例提供的网络设备,包括处理器和存储器。该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于调用并运行该存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行上述的数据传输方法。The network device provided in the embodiment of the present application includes a processor and a memory. The memory is used to store computer programs, and the processor is used to call and run the computer programs stored in the memory to execute the above data transmission method.
本申请实施例提供的芯片,用于实现上述的数据传输方法。The chip provided in the embodiment of the present application is used to implement the above data transmission method.
具体地,该芯片包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有该芯片的设备执行上述的数据传输方法。Specifically, the chip includes: a processor, configured to call and run a computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the above-mentioned data transmission method.
本申请实施例提供的计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,该计算机程序使得计算机执行上述的数据传输方法。The computer-readable storage medium provided by the embodiment of the present application is used for storing a computer program, and the computer program causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned data transmission method.
本申请实施例提供的计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行上述的数据传输方法。The computer program product provided by the embodiments of the present application includes computer program instructions, and the computer program instructions cause a computer to execute the above data transmission method.
本申请实施例提供的计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述的数据传输方法。The computer program provided by the embodiments of the present application, when running on a computer, enables the computer to execute the above data transmission method.
通过上述技术方案,第一终端基于数据包复制功能,得到第一数据包和第二数据包,并基于第一终端与第二终端之间的SL将第一数据包和第二数据包发送给第二终端,提高数据传输可靠性。Through the above technical solution, the first terminal obtains the first data packet and the second data packet based on the data packet copy function, and sends the first data packet and the second data packet based on the SL between the first terminal and the second terminal to The second terminal improves data transmission reliability.
附图说明Description of drawings
此处所说明的附图用来提供对本申请的进一步理解,构成本申请的一部分,本申请的示意性实施例及其说明用于解释本申请,并不构成对本申请的不当限定。在附图中:The drawings described here are used to provide a further understanding of the application and constitute a part of the application. The schematic embodiments and descriptions of the application are used to explain the application and do not constitute an improper limitation to the application. In the attached picture:
图1是本申请实施例的一个应用场景的示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法的可选地流程示意图;FIG. 4 is an optional schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法的可选地流程示意图;FIG. 5 is an optional schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法的可选地流程示意图;FIG. 6 is an optional schematic flowchart of a data transmission method provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置的可选地结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an optional data transmission device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置的可选地场景示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of an optional scenario of a data transmission device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置的可选地场景示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of an optional scenario of a data transmission device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备示意性结构图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的示意性框图。Fig. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of the embodiments. Based on the embodiments in this application, all other embodiments obtained by persons of ordinary skill in the art without making creative efforts belong to the scope of protection of this application.
图1是本申请实施例的一个应用场景的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
如图1所示,通信系统100可以包括终端设备110和网络设备120。网络设备120可以通过空口与终端设备110通信。终端设备110和网络设备120之间支持多业务传输。As shown in FIG. 1 , a communication system 100 may include a terminal device 110 and a network device 120 . The network device 120 may communicate with the terminal device 110 through an air interface. Multi-service transmission is supported between the terminal device 110 and the network device 120 .
应理解,本申请实施例仅以通信系统100进行示例性说明,但本申请实施例不限定于此。也就是说,本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、物联网(Internet of Things,IoT)系统、窄带物联网(Narrow Band Internet of Things,NB-IoT)系统、增强的机器类型通信(enhanced Machine-Type Communications,eMTC)系统、5G通信系统(也称为新无线(New Radio,NR)通信系统),或未来的通信系统等。It should be understood that the embodiment of the present application is only described by using the communication system 100 as an example, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. That is to say, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (Time Division Duplex, TDD), Universal Mobile Communication System (Universal Mobile Telecommunication System, UMTS), Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT) system, Narrow Band Internet of Things (NB-IoT) system, enhanced Machine-Type Communications (eMTC) system, 5G communication system (also known as New Radio (NR) communication system), or future communication systems, etc.
在图1所示的通信系统100中,网络设备120可以是与终端设备110通信的接入网设备。接入网设备可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的终端设备110(例如UE)进行通信。In the communication system 100 shown in FIG. 1 , the network device 120 may be an access network device that communicates with the terminal device 110 . The access network device can provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area, and can communicate with terminal devices 110 (such as UEs) located in the coverage area.
网络设备120可以是长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node  B,eNB或eNodeB),或者是下一代无线接入网(Next Generation Radio Access Network,NG RAN)设备,或者是NR系统中的基站(gNB),或者是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)中的无线控制器,或者该网络设备120可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备、集线器、交换机、网桥、路由器,或者未来演进的公共陆地移动网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的网络设备等。The network device 120 may be an evolved base station (Evolutional Node B, eNB or eNodeB) in a Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE) system, or a Next Generation Radio Access Network (NG RAN) device, Either a base station (gNB) in the NR system, or a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (Cloud Radio Access Network, CRAN), or the network device 120 can be a relay station, an access point, a vehicle-mounted device, a wearable Devices, hubs, switches, bridges, routers, or network devices in the future evolution of the Public Land Mobile Network (Public Land Mobile Network, PLMN), etc.
终端设备110可以是任意终端设备,其包括但不限于与网络设备120或其它终端设备采用有线或者无线连接的终端设备。The terminal device 110 may be any terminal device, including but not limited to a terminal device connected to the network device 120 or other terminal devices by wire or wirelessly.
例如,所述终端设备110可以指接入终端、用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。接入终端可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、IoT设备、卫星手持终端、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进网络中的终端设备等。For example, the terminal equipment 110 may refer to an access terminal, a user equipment (User Equipment, UE), a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, user agent, or user device. Access terminals can be cellular phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, IoT devices, satellite handheld terminals, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistant , PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication functions, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, vehicle-mounted devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in 5G networks or terminal devices in future evolution networks, etc.
终端设备110可以用于D2D的通信。The terminal device 110 may be used for D2D communication.
无线通信系统100还可以包括与基站进行通信的核心网设备130,该核心网设备130可以是5G核心网(5G Core,5GC)设备,例如,接入与移动性管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function,AMF),又例如,认证服务器功能(Authentication Server Function,AUSF),又例如,用户面功能(User Plane Function,UPF),又例如,会话管理功能(Session Management Function,SMF)。可选地,核心网络设备130也可以是LTE网络的分组核心演进(Evolved Packet Core,EPC)设备,例如,会话管理功能+核心网络的数据网关(Session Management Function+Core Packet Gateway,SMF+PGW-C)设备。应理解,SMF+PGW-C可以同时实现SMF和PGW-C所能实现的功能。在网络演进过程中,上述核心网设备也有可能叫其它名字,或者通过对核心网的功能进行划分形成新的网络实体,对此本申请实施例不做限制。The wireless communication system 100 may also include a core network device 130 that communicates with the base station. The core network device 130 may be a 5G core network (5G Core, 5GC) device, for example, Access and Mobility Management Function (Access and Mobility Management Function , AMF), and for example, authentication server function (Authentication Server Function, AUSF), and for example, user plane function (User Plane Function, UPF), and for example, session management function (Session Management Function, SMF). Optionally, the core network device 130 may also be a packet core evolution (Evolved Packet Core, EPC) device of the LTE network, for example, a data gateway (Session Management Function+Core Packet Gateway, SMF+PGW- C) equipment. It should be understood that SMF+PGW-C can realize the functions of SMF and PGW-C at the same time. In the process of network evolution, the above-mentioned core network equipment may be called by other names, or a new network entity may be formed by dividing functions of the core network, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
通信系统100中的各个功能单元之间还可以通过下一代网络(next generation,NG)接口建立连接实现通信。Various functional units in the communication system 100 may also establish a connection through a next generation network (next generation, NG) interface to implement communication.
例如,终端设备通过Uu接口与接入网设备建立空口连接,用于传输用户面数据和控制面信令;终端设备可以通过NG接口1(简称N1)与AMF建立控制面信令连接;接入网设备例如下一代无线接入基站(gNB),可以通过NG接口3(简称N3)与UPF建立用户面数据连接;接入网设备可以通过NG接口2(简称N2)与AMF建立控制面信令连接;UPF可以通过NG接口4(简称N4)与SMF建立控制面信令连接;UPF可以通过NG接口6(简称N6)与数据网络交互用户面数据;AMF可以通过NG接口11(简称N11)与SMF建立控制面信令连接;SMF可以通过NG接口7(简称N7)与PCF建立控制面信令连接。For example, the terminal device establishes an air interface connection with the access network device through the Uu interface to transmit user plane data and control plane signaling; the terminal device can establish a control plane signaling connection with the AMF through the NG interface 1 (N1 for short); the access Network equipment such as the next generation wireless access base station (gNB), can establish a user plane data connection with UPF through NG interface 3 (abbreviated as N3); access network equipment can establish control plane signaling with AMF through NG interface 2 (abbreviated as N2) connection; UPF can establish a control plane signaling connection with SMF through NG interface 4 (abbreviated as N4); UPF can exchange user plane data with the data network through NG interface 6 (abbreviated as N6); AMF can communicate with SMF through NG interface 11 (abbreviated as N11) The SMF establishes a control plane signaling connection; the SMF may establish a control plane signaling connection with the PCF through an NG interface 7 (N7 for short).
图1示例性地示出了一个基站、一个核心网设备和两个终端设备,可选地,该无线通信系统100可以包括多个基站设备并且每个基站的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的终端设备,本申请实施例对此不做限定。Figure 1 exemplarily shows a base station, a core network device, and two terminal devices. Optionally, the wireless communication system 100 may include multiple base station devices and each base station may include other numbers of terminals within the coverage area. The device is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
3GPP正在研究非地面通信网络设备(Non Terrestrial Network,NTN)技术,NTN一般采用卫星通信的方式向地面用户提供通信服务。相比地面蜂窝网通信,卫星通信具有很多独特的优点。首先,卫星通信不受用户地域的限制,例如一般的陆地通信不能覆盖海洋、高山、沙漠等无法搭设通信设备或由于人口稀少而不做通信覆盖的区域,而对于卫星通信来说,由于一颗卫星即可以覆盖较大的地面,加之卫星可以围绕地球做轨道运动,因此理论上地球上每一个角落都可以被卫星通信覆盖。其次,卫星通信有较大的社会价值。卫星通信在边远山区、贫穷落后的国家或地区都可以以较低的成本覆盖到,从而使这些地区的人们享受到先进的语音通信和移动互联网技术,有利于缩小与发达地区的数字鸿沟,促进这些地区的发展。再次,卫星通信距离远,且通信距离增大通讯的成本没有明显增加;最后,卫星通信的稳定性高,不受自然灾害的限制。3GPP is researching Non Terrestrial Network (NTN) technology. NTN generally uses satellite communication to provide communication services to ground users. Compared with terrestrial cellular network communication, satellite communication has many unique advantages. First of all, satellite communication is not restricted by the user's region. For example, general land communication cannot cover areas such as oceans, mountains, deserts, etc. that cannot be equipped with communication equipment or are not covered by communication due to sparse population. For satellite communication, due to a Satellites can cover a large area of the ground, and satellites can orbit the earth, so theoretically every corner of the earth can be covered by satellite communications. Secondly, satellite communication has great social value. Satellite communication can be covered at a lower cost in remote mountainous areas, poor and backward countries or regions, so that people in these regions can enjoy advanced voice communication and mobile Internet technology, which is conducive to narrowing the digital gap with developed regions and promoting development of these areas. Thirdly, the distance of satellite communication is long, and the cost of communication does not increase significantly with the increase of communication distance; finally, the stability of satellite communication is high, and it is not limited by natural disasters.
需要说明的是,图1只是以示例的形式示意本申请所适用的系统,当然,本申请实施例所示的方法还可以适用于其它系统。此外,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“指示”可以是直接指示,也可以是间接指示,还可以是表示具有关联关系。举例说明,A指示B,可以表示A直接指示B,例如B可以通过A获取;也可以表示A间接指示B,例如A指示C,B可以通过C获取;还可以表示A和B之间具有关联关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“对应”可表示两者之间具有直接对应或间接对 应的关系,也可以表示两者之间具有关联关系,也可以是指示与被指示、配置与被配置等关系。还应理解,在本申请的实施例中提到的“预定义”或“预定义规则”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预定义可以是指协议中定义的。还应理解,本申请实施例中,所述"协议"可以指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that FIG. 1 is only an illustration of a system applicable to this application, and of course, the method shown in the embodiment of this application may also be applicable to other systems. Furthermore, the terms "system" and "network" are often used interchangeably herein. The term "and/or" in this article is just an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and there exists alone B these three situations. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship. It should also be understood that the "indication" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a direct indication, may also be an indirect indication, and may also mean that there is an association relationship. For example, A indicates B, which can mean that A directly indicates B, for example, B can be obtained through A; it can also indicate that A indirectly indicates B, for example, A indicates C, and B can be obtained through C; it can also indicate that there is an association between A and B relation. It should also be understood that the "correspondence" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may mean that there is a direct correspondence or an indirect correspondence between the two, or that there is an association between the two, or that it indicates and is indicated. , configuration and configured relationship. It should also be understood that the "predefined" or "predefined rules" mentioned in the embodiments of this application can be used by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other It is implemented by indicating related information, and this application does not limit the specific implementation. For example, pre-defined may refer to defined in the protocol. It should also be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the "protocol" may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, for example, it may include the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols applied to future communication systems, and this application does not limit this .
为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下对本申请实施例的相关技术进行说明,以下相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。In order to facilitate the understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the related technologies of the embodiments of the present application are described below. The following related technologies can be combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application as optional solutions, and all of them belong to the embodiments of the present application. protected range.
D2D是一种SL传输技术,与传统的蜂窝系统中通信数据通过基站接收或者发送的方式不同,采用终端到终端直接通信的方式,因此,具有更高的频谱效率以及更低的传输时延。在3GPP定义了两种资源授权模式:模式A和模式B。D2D is an SL transmission technology, which is different from the way in which communication data is received or sent by the base station in the traditional cellular system. It adopts the method of terminal-to-terminal direct communication, so it has higher spectral efficiency and lower transmission delay. Two resource authorization modes are defined in 3GPP: Mode A and Mode B.
-模式A:终端的传输资源是由基站分配的,终端根据基站分配的资源在侧行链路上进行数据的发送;基站可以为终端分配单次传输的资源,也可以为终端分配半静态传输的资源。-Mode A: The transmission resources of the terminal are allocated by the base station, and the terminal sends data on the sidelink according to the resources allocated by the base station; the base station can allocate resources for a single transmission to the terminal, and can also allocate semi-static transmission to the terminal H.
-模式B:车载终端在资源池中选取一个资源进行数据的传输。-Mode B: The vehicle-mounted terminal selects a resource from the resource pool for data transmission.
对于模式A,如图2所示,eNB向终端配置免授权(Grant)资源,当终端被配置了侧行免授权资源,在侧行数据到达时,终端使用该侧行免授权资源传输该侧行数据。For mode A, as shown in Figure 2, the eNB configures grant resources for the terminal. When the terminal is configured with sideline grant-free resources, when the sideline data arrives, the terminal uses the sideline grant-free resources to transmit the sideline data. row data.
对于模式B,如图3所示,终端在资源池中自行选择资源,For mode B, as shown in Figure 3, the terminal selects resources in the resource pool by itself,
在3GPP中,D2D分成了不同的阶段进行研究。In 3GPP, D2D is divided into different stages for research.
-ProSe:在Rel-12/13中设备到设备通信,是针对ProSe的场景进行了研究,其主要针对公共安全类的业务。-ProSe: Device-to-device communication in Rel-12/13 is researched on the ProSe scenario, which is mainly aimed at public security services.
■在ProSe中,通过配置资源池在时域上的位置,例如资源池在时域上非连续,达到UE在侧行链路上非连续发送/接收数据,从而达到省电的效果。■In ProSe, by configuring the position of the resource pool in the time domain, for example, the resource pool is discontinuous in the time domain, so that the UE can discontinuously send/receive data on the sidelink, thereby achieving the effect of power saving.
-V2X:在Rel-14/15中,车联网系统针对车车通信的场景进行了研究,其主要面向相对高速移动的车车、车人通信的业务;-V2X: In Rel-14/15, the Internet of Vehicles system is researched on the scene of vehicle-to-vehicle communication, which is mainly oriented to relatively high-speed moving vehicle-to-vehicle and vehicle-to-human communication services;
■在V2X中,由于车载系统具有持续的供电,因此功率效率不是主要问题,而数据传输的时延是主要问题,因此在系统设计上要求终端设备进行连续的发送和接收。■In V2X, because the vehicle system has a continuous power supply, power efficiency is not the main issue, but the delay of data transmission is the main issue. Therefore, the system design requires the terminal equipment to perform continuous transmission and reception.
-可穿戴设备(FeD2D):在Rel-14中,这个场景对于可穿戴设备通过手机接入网络的场景进行了研究,其主要面向是低移动速度以及低功率接入的场景。-Wearable Devices (FeD2D): In Rel-14, this scenario studies the scenario where wearable devices access the network through mobile phones, and it is mainly for scenarios with low mobile speed and low power access.
■在FeD2D中,在预研阶段3GPP结论为基站可以通过一个relay终端去配置remote终端的DRX参数,但是由于该课题没有进一步进入标准化阶段,如何进行DRX配置的具体细节没有结论。■In FeD2D, in the pre-research stage, 3GPP concludes that the base station can configure the DRX parameters of the remote terminal through a relay terminal, but since this topic has not entered the standardization stage, there is no conclusion on how to configure the specific details of DRX.
-多载波:在Rel-15的LTE V2X中,引入了多载波机制。-Multi-carrier: In Rel-15 LTE V2X, a multi-carrier mechanism is introduced.
多载波机制体现在UE可以支持数据包分割,用多个载波传输数据包,以提升数据传输率;The multi-carrier mechanism is reflected in that the UE can support data packet segmentation and use multiple carriers to transmit data packets to improve the data transmission rate;
数据包复制,将一个相同的数据包复制两份,用两个载波发送,以提升传输可靠性;以及接收端的多载波接收增强。针对数据包复制,V2X侧行链路通信支持侧行链路分组复制,并在UE的分组数据聚合协议(Packet Data Convergence Protocol,PDCP)层执行。对于用于传输的侧行链路路分组复制,PDCP协议数据单元(Protocol Data Unit)PDU在PDCP实体处被复制。同一PDCP实体的复制PDU被提交给两个不同的无线链路控制(Radio Link Control,RLC)实体并分别关联到两个不同的侧行链路逻辑信道。同一PDCP实体的复制PDU只允许在不同的侧行链路载波上传输。Data packet duplication, duplicating the same data packet twice and sending them with two carriers to improve transmission reliability; and multi-carrier reception enhancement at the receiving end. For packet duplication, V2X sidelink communication supports sidelink packet duplication and is performed at the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer of the UE. For sidelink link packet replication for transmission, the PDCP Protocol Data Unit (Protocol Data Unit) PDU is replicated at the PDCP entity. Duplicate PDUs of the same PDCP entity are submitted to two different Radio Link Control (RLC) entities and are respectively associated to two different sidelink logical channels. Duplicate PDUs of the same PDCP entity are only allowed to be transmitted on different sidelink carriers.
UE可以基于(预)配置来激活或停用侧行链路分组复制。侧行链路数据包复制不适用于具有Rel-14传输配置文件的传输。支持侧行链路数据包复制的每分组可靠性((proseper-packetreliability,PPPR)值可以通过PPPR阈值(预)配置。其中,PPPR指示每个数据分组的可靠性。对于UE自主的资源选择和调度的资源分配,UE应对具有配置的PPPR值的数据执行侧行链路分组复制,直到为这些PPPR值取消分组复制配置为止。对于调度的资源分配,UE通过侧行链路缓存状态报告(Buffer Status Report,BSR)报告逻辑信道组标识(ID),基于PPPR值到逻辑信道组的映射关系确定传输数据的逻辑信道组。PPPR值到逻辑信道组的映射可以由eNB配置,并且PPPR值由包括在侧行链路BSR中的相关联的逻辑信道组ID反映。一个或多个PPPR值的列表可以由一个无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)连接的UE在侧行链路UE信息中报告。The UE may activate or deactivate sidelink packet replication based on (pre)configuration. Sidelink packet replication is not available for transports with Rel-14 transport profiles. The per-packet reliability ((proseper-packet reliability, PPPR) value that supports sidelink data packet duplication can be configured through the PPPR threshold (pre-) configuration. Wherein, PPPR indicates the reliability of each data packet. For UE autonomous resource selection and For scheduled resource allocation, the UE shall perform sidelink packet replication for data with configured PPPR values until the packet replication configuration is canceled for these PPPR values. For scheduled resource allocation, the UE shall report via the sidelink buffer status (Buffer Status Report (BSR) reports the logical channel group identifier (ID), and determines the logical channel group for transmitting data based on the mapping relationship between the PPPR value and the logical channel group. The mapping between the PPPR value and the logical channel group can be configured by the eNB, and the PPPR value is determined by the The associated logical channel group ID in the sidelink BSR is reflected. A list of one or more PPPR values can be reported by a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) connected UE in the sidelink UE information .
NR V2X在LTE V2X的基础上,不局限于广播场景,而是进一步拓展到了单播和组播的场景。-类似于LTE V2X,NR V2X也会定义上述模式A/B两种资源授权模式;更进一步,用户可能处在一个混合的模式下,即既可以使用模式A进行资源的获取,又同时可以使用模式B进行资源的获取。该资源获取通过侧行链路授权的方式指示,即侧行链路授权指示相应的物理侧行链路控制信道(Physical Sidelink Control Channel,PSCCH)与物理侧行链路共享信道(Physical Sidelink Shared Channel,PSSCH) 资源的时频位置。On the basis of LTE V2X, NR V2X is not limited to broadcast scenarios, but has been further expanded to unicast and multicast scenarios. -Similar to LTE V2X, NR V2X will also define the above-mentioned mode A/B two resource authorization modes; further, users may be in a mixed mode, that is, they can use mode A to obtain resources and at the same time can use Mode B acquires resources. The resource acquisition is indicated by means of sidelink authorization, that is, the sidelink authorization indicates the corresponding physical sidelink control channel (Physical Sidelink Control Channel, PSCCH) and physical sidelink shared channel (Physical Sidelink Shared Channel) , PSSCH) resource time-frequency location.
-不同于LTE V2X,NR V2X除了无反馈的、UE自主发起的混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest,HARQ),引入了基于反馈的HARQ重传,不限于单播通信,也包括组播通信。-Different from LTE V2X, NR V2X introduces HARQ retransmission based on feedback, not limited to unicast communication, but also multicast communication.
与LTE V2X相同,在NR V2X中,由于车载系统具有持续的供电,因此功率效率不是主要问题,而数据传输的时延是主要问题,因此在系统设计上要求终端设备进行连续的发送和接收。Same as LTE V2X, in NR V2X, because the vehicle system has continuous power supply, power efficiency is not the main issue, but the delay of data transmission is the main issue, so the system design requires terminal equipment to perform continuous transmission and reception.
目前,NR V2X不支持多载波机制,因此无法应用数据包复制等多载波方案以提升数据传输的可靠性。Currently, NR V2X does not support multi-carrier mechanisms, so multi-carrier solutions such as data packet replication cannot be applied to improve the reliability of data transmission.
为便于理解本申请实施例的技术方案,以下通过具体实施例详述本申请的技术方案。以上相关技术作为可选方案与本申请实施例的技术方案可以进行任意结合,其均属于本申请实施例的保护范围。本申请实施例包括以下内容中的至少部分内容。In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, the technical solutions of the present application are described in detail below through specific examples. As optional solutions, the above related technologies may be combined with the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application in any combination, and all of them belong to the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application. The embodiment of the present application includes at least part of the following content.
本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法如图4所示,包括:The data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application is shown in Figure 4, including:
S401、第一终端进行数据包复制,得到第一数据包和第二数据包。S401. The first terminal copies a data packet to obtain a first data packet and a second data packet.
第一终端在PDCP层执行数据包复制,得到第一数据包和第二数据包,其中,第一数据包为被复制的数据包,可理解为原始数据包,第二数据包为复制原始数据包得到的数据包,可理解为复制数据包。The first terminal performs data packet replication at the PDCP layer to obtain the first data packet and the second data packet, wherein the first data packet is the copied data packet, which can be understood as the original data packet, and the second data packet is the copied original data The data package obtained by the package can be understood as a copy data package.
S402、所述第一终端将所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包通过侧行链路SL发送给第二终端,所述第一数据包通过第一载波发送,所述第二数据包通过第二载波发送,所述第一载波与所述第二载波相同或不同。S402. The first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through the side link SL, the first data packet is sent through the first carrier, and the second data packet The packets are sent over a second carrier, the first carrier being the same as or different from the second carrier.
可选地,第一终端将第一数据包和第二数据包通过同一载波发送至第二终端。Optionally, the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through the same carrier.
在一示例中,第一终端通过载波1将第一数据包和第二数据包发送至第二终端。In an example, the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through carrier 1.
可选地,第一终端将第一数据包和第二数据包通过两个载波发送至第二终端。Optionally, the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through two carriers.
在一示例中,第一终端通过载波1将第一数据包发送至第二终端,且通过载波2将第二数据包发送至第二终端。In an example, the first terminal sends the first data packet to the second terminal through the carrier 1, and sends the second data packet to the second terminal through the carrier 2.
本发明实施例还提供一种数据传输方法,如图5所示,包括:The embodiment of the present invention also provides a data transmission method, as shown in FIG. 5, including:
S501、第二终端通过SL接收第一终端发送的第一数据包和第二数据包。S501. The second terminal receives the first data packet and the second data packet sent by the first terminal through the SL.
所述第一数据包和第二数据包为所述第一终端进行数据包复制得到的;所述第一数据包通过第一载波接收,所述第二数据包通过第二载波接收,所述第一载波与所述第二载波相同或不同。The first data packet and the second data packet are obtained by duplicating data packets by the first terminal; the first data packet is received through a first carrier, the second data packet is received through a second carrier, and the The first carrier is the same as or different from the second carrier.
可选地,第一终端在PDCP层执行数据包复制功能,得到第一数据包和第二数据包,其中,第一数据包为被复制的数据包,可理解为原始数据包,第二数据包为复制的数据包,可理解为复制数据包。Optionally, the first terminal performs a data packet copy function at the PDCP layer to obtain the first data packet and the second data packet, wherein the first data packet is a copied data packet, which can be understood as an original data packet, and the second data packet A package is a copied data package, which can be understood as a copied data package.
可选地,第二终端通过同一载波接收将第一数据包和第二数据包。Optionally, the second terminal receives the first data packet and the second data packet through the same carrier.
在一示例中,第二终端通过载波1接收第一终端发送的第一数据包和第二数据包。In an example, the second terminal receives the first data packet and the second data packet sent by the first terminal through carrier 1.
可选地,第一终端通过两个载波接收第一数据包和第二数据包。Optionally, the first terminal receives the first data packet and the second data packet through two carriers.
在一示例中,第二终端通过载波1接收第一终端发送的第一数据包,且通过载波2接收第二终端发送的第二数据包。In an example, the second terminal receives the first data packet sent by the first terminal through the carrier 1, and receives the second data packet sent by the second terminal through the carrier 2.
在一些实施例中,第一终端进行数据包复制的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the first terminal to perform packet duplication include at least one of the following:
条件一、数据包复制功能被激活;Condition 1. The packet copy function is activated;
条件二、配置有第一承载配置,所述第一承载配置用于指示第一承载和/或第二承载,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载;Condition 2: A first bearer configuration is configured, and the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and/or a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, and the second bearer a bearer for sending the second data packet;
条件三、发送第一服务质量QoS信息,所述第一QoS信息具有高可靠性要求。Condition 3: The first QoS information is sent, and the first QoS information has a high reliability requirement.
在一示例中,在满足条件一的情况下,第一终端进行数据包复制。In an example, when condition one is met, the first terminal performs packet duplication.
在一示例中,在满足条件一和条件三的情况下,第一终端进行数据包复制。In an example, when condition one and condition three are met, the first terminal performs packet duplication.
在一示例中,在满足条件一、条件二和条件三的情况下,第一终端进行数据包复制。In an example, when condition 1, condition 2 and condition 3 are met, the first terminal performs packet duplication.
对于条件一,第一终端支持数据包复制功能即第一终端具备数据包复制的能力,但数据包复制功能未激活的情况下,不执行数据包复制,在数据包复制功能激活的情况下,第一终端存在数据包复制的可能性。For condition one, the first terminal supports the data packet copy function, that is, the first terminal has the ability to copy data packets, but when the data packet copy function is not activated, the data packet copy is not performed, and when the data packet copy function is activated, There is a possibility of packet duplication at the first terminal.
对于条件三、当一数据包需要传输高可靠性要求的特定QoS信息即第一QoS信息,第一终端可对当前数据包执行数据包复制功能,否则,不进行数据包复制。For the third condition, when a data packet needs to transmit specific QoS information requiring high reliability, that is, the first QoS information, the first terminal may perform a data packet copy function on the current data packet; otherwise, no data packet copy is performed.
这里,第一QoS信息包括以下至少之一:QoS分类标识(QoS Class Identifier,QCI)、分配和保留优先级(Allocation and Retention Priority,ARP)、保证比特速率(Guaranteed Bit Rate,GBR)、最大比特速率(MaximumBitRate,MBR)等信息。Here, the first QoS information includes at least one of the following: QoS Class Identifier (QoS Class Identifier, QCI), allocation and retention priority (Allocation and Retention Priority, ARP), guaranteed bit rate (Guaranteed Bit Rate, GBR), maximum bit rate Rate (MaximumBitRate, MBR) and other information.
这里,高可靠性要求的特定QoS信息的可靠性要求高于指定可靠性要求门限值。Here, the reliability requirement of the specific QoS information with high reliability requirement is higher than the specified reliability requirement threshold.
在一些实施例中,所述数据包复制功能被激活的方式包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the manner in which the packet copy function is activated includes one of the following:
所述第一终端处于第一状态,且第一信息满足激活条件;可选地,所述第一状态为无线资源控制RRC空闲状态或RRC去激活状态;The first terminal is in a first state, and the first information satisfies an activation condition; optionally, the first state is a radio resource control RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
所述第一终端处于第二状态,接收到网络设备的第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能,可选地,所述第二状态为RRC连接状态。The first terminal is in the second state, and receives first indication information from a network device; the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function, and optionally, the second The state is the RRC connection state.
在第一终端处于RRC空闲(idle)状态或RRC去激活(inactive)状态的情况下,第一终端判断第一信息是否满足激活条件,当第一信息满足激活条件,则第一终端激活数据包复制功能。When the first terminal is in the RRC idle (idle) state or the RRC deactivation (inactive) state, the first terminal judges whether the first information satisfies the activation condition, and when the first information satisfies the activation condition, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function.
在一些实施例中,第一终端基于所述第一信息和第二信息爬判断所述第一信息是否满足激活条件,所述第二信息为所述第一信息对应的门限值。In some embodiments, the first terminal judges whether the first information satisfies an activation condition based on the first information and second information, and the second information is a threshold value corresponding to the first information.
第一终端根据第一信息和第一信息对应的门限值,判断第一信息是否满足激活条件。The first terminal determines whether the first information satisfies the activation condition according to the first information and the threshold value corresponding to the first information.
在一些实施例中,第一信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first information includes at least one of the following:
可靠性(Reliability)、信道忙碌率(Channel Busy Ratio,CBR)、参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,RSRP)。Reliability, Channel Busy Ratio (CBR), Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP).
可选地,第一终端处于单播的场景下,第一信息包括RSRP。Optionally, the first terminal is in a unicast scenario, and the first information includes RSRP.
本申请实施例中,当第一信息包括一信息,则第二信息包括该信息对应的门限值。In this embodiment of the present application, when the first information includes information, the second information includes a threshold value corresponding to the information.
以第一信息包括Reliability为例,第二信息包括:Reliability对应的门限值即Reliability门限值。Taking the first information including Reliability as an example, the second information includes: a threshold value corresponding to Reliability, that is, a Reliability threshold value.
以第一信息包括CBR为例,第二信息包括:CBR对应的门限值即CBR门限值。Taking the first information including CBR as an example, the second information includes: a threshold corresponding to the CBR, that is, a CBR threshold.
以第一信息包括RSRP为例,第二信息包括:RSRP对应的门限值即RSRP门限值。Taking the first information including RSRP as an example, the second information includes: a threshold value corresponding to the RSRP, that is, an RSRP threshold value.
以第一信息包括CBR和RSRP为例,第二信息包括:CBR对应的门限值即CBR门限值和RSRP对应的门限值即RSRP门限值。Taking the first information including CBR and RSRP as an example, the second information includes: a threshold value corresponding to CBR, that is, a CBR threshold value, and a threshold value corresponding to RSRP, that is, an RSRP threshold value.
以第一信息包括Reliability、CBR和RSRP为例,第二信息包括:Reliability对应的门限值即Reliability门限值、CBR对应的门限值即CBR门限值和RSRP对应的门限值即RSRP门限值。Taking the first information including Reliability, CBR and RSRP as an example, the second information includes: the threshold corresponding to Reliability is the Reliability threshold, the threshold corresponding to CBR is the CBR threshold, and the threshold corresponding to RSRP is RSRP threshold.
在一些实施例中,所述激活条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the activation condition includes at least one of the following:
可靠性小于可靠性门限值;The reliability is less than the reliability threshold;
信道忙碌率大于信道忙碌率门限值;The channel busy rate is greater than the channel busy rate threshold;
RSRP小于RSRP门限值。RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold.
当第一信息包括可靠性,则激活条件包括:可靠性小于可靠性门限值,当可靠性小于可靠性门限值,第一终端激活数据包复制功能。When the first information includes reliability, the activation condition includes: the reliability is less than a reliability threshold, and when the reliability is less than the reliability threshold, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function.
当第一信息包括CBR,则激活条件包括:CBR大于CBR门限值,当CBR大于CBR门限值,第一终端激活数据包复制功能。When the first information includes CBR, the activation condition includes: the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold, and when the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function.
当第一信息包括RSRP,则激活条件包括:RSRP小于RSRP门限值,当RSRP小于RSRP门限值,第一终端激活数据包复制功能。When the first information includes RSRP, the activation condition includes: the RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold, and when the RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function.
当第一信息包括CBR和RSRP,则激活条件包括:CBR大于CBR门限值、RSRP小于RSRP门限值,当CBR大于CBR门限值且RSRP小于RSRP门限值,第一终端激活数据包复制功能。When the first information includes CBR and RSRP, the activation conditions include: CBR is greater than the CBR threshold, and RSRP is less than the RSRP threshold. When the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold and the RSRP is less than the RSRP threshold, the first terminal activates packet replication Function.
当第一信息包括可靠性、CBR和RSRP,则激活条件包括:可靠性小于可靠性门限值、CBR大于CBR门限值、RSRP小于RSRP门限值,当可靠性小于可靠性门限值、CBR大于CBR门限值且RSRP小于RSRP门限值,第一终端激活数据包复制功能。When the first information includes reliability, CBR and RSRP, the activation conditions include: the reliability is less than the reliability threshold, the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold, and the RSRP is less than the RSRP threshold. When the reliability is less than the reliability threshold, If the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold and the RSRP is less than the RSRP threshold, the first terminal activates the data packet replication function.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息的配置方式包括:所述网络设备通过第一消息为所述第一终端配置。In some embodiments, the manner of configuring the second information includes: configuring, by the network device, for the first terminal through a first message.
第二信息为网络设备为第一终端配置的。The second information is configured by the network device for the first terminal.
本申请实施例中,第一终端判断是否激活数据包复制功能所使用的第一信息可根据由第一终端决定,也可由网络设备向第一设备配置的第二信息确定。In this embodiment of the present application, the first information used by the first terminal to determine whether to activate the packet copy function may be determined by the first terminal, or may be determined by the second information configured by the network device to the first device.
在第一终端判断是否激活数据包复制功能所使用的第一信息由网络设备向第一设备配置的第二信息确定的情况下,网络设备向第一终端配置的第二信息包括Reliability门限值和CBR门限值,则终端设备基于Reliability、CBR和Reliability门限值、CBR门限值判断是否激活数据包复制功能。In the case where the first information used by the first terminal to determine whether to activate the data packet copy function is determined by the second information configured by the network device to the first device, the second information configured by the network device to the first terminal includes a Reliability threshold and CBR threshold, the terminal device judges whether to activate the data packet replication function based on Reliability, CBR, Reliability threshold, and CBR threshold.
在一些实施例中,所述网络设备通过第一消息为所述第一终端配置。In some embodiments, the network device configures the first terminal through a first message.
在一些实施例中,所述第一消息包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the first message includes one of the following:
所述网络设备广播的系统信息块(System Information Block,SIB)消息;A system information block (System Information Block, SIB) message broadcast by the network device;
所述网络设备发送的预配置消息。A pre-configuration message sent by the network device.
可选地,第一消息包括:SIB消息。Optionally, the first message includes: an SIB message.
在一示例中,第二信息包括:Reliability对应的门限值即Reliability门限值、CBR对应的门限值即CBR门限值和RSRP对应的门限值即RSRP门限值。第一终端接收网络设备发送的SIB消息,SIB 消息包括以下信息:Reliability门限值、CBR门限值和RSRP门限值。In an example, the second information includes: a threshold corresponding to Reliability, namely the Reliability threshold, a threshold corresponding to CBR, namely the CBR threshold, and a threshold corresponding to RSRP, namely the RSRP threshold. The first terminal receives the SIB message sent by the network device, and the SIB message includes the following information: a Reliability threshold, a CBR threshold, and an RSRP threshold.
可选地,第一消息包括:预配置消息。Optionally, the first message includes: a preconfiguration message.
在一示例中,第二信息包括:Reliability门限值和RSRP门限值。第一终端接收网络设备发送的预配置消息,预配置消息包括以下信息:Reliability门限值和RSRP门限值。In an example, the second information includes: a Reliability threshold and an RSRP threshold. The first terminal receives the pre-configuration message sent by the network device, and the pre-configuration message includes the following information: Reliability threshold and RSRP threshold.
可选地,第一消息包括:SIB消息和预配置消息。Optionally, the first message includes: an SIB message and a preconfiguration message.
在一示例中,第二信息包括:Reliability门限值和RSRP门限值。第一终端接收网络设备发送的SIB消息和预配置消息,SIB消息包括:Reliability门限值,预配置消息包括:RSRP门限值。In an example, the second information includes: a Reliability threshold and an RSRP threshold. The first terminal receives the SIB message and the pre-configuration message sent by the network device, where the SIB message includes: a Reliability threshold, and the pre-configuration message includes: an RSRP threshold.
在第一终端处于RRC连接(connected)状态的情况下,第一终端建立有与网络设备之间的RRC连接,第一终端基于所建立的RRC连接接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,第一终端接收到第一指示信息后,响应于第一指示信息,激活数据包复制功能。When the first terminal is in the RRC connected (connected) state, the first terminal has established an RRC connection with the network device, and the first terminal receives first indication information sent by the network device based on the established RRC connection, and the first After receiving the first indication information, the terminal activates the data packet copy function in response to the first indication information.
在一些实施例中,在所述第一终端接收到网络设备发送的第一指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, before the first terminal receives the first indication information sent by the network device, the method further includes:
所述第一终端向所述网络设备发送第二QoS信息,所述第二QoS信息用于所述网络设备确定所述第一指示信息。The first terminal sends second QoS information to the network device, where the second QoS information is used by the network device to determine the first indication information.
可选地,第二QoS信息可包括以下信息至少之一:QCI、ARP、GBR等信息。Optionally, the second QoS information may include at least one of the following information: information such as QCI, ARP, and GBR.
本申请实施例中,第一QoS信息与第二QoS信息可相同,也可不同。In this embodiment of the present application, the first QoS information and the second QoS information may be the same or different.
第一终端向网络设备发送第二QoS信息,网络设备接收第二QoS信息,根据接收的第二QoS信息确定第一终端是否激活数据包复制功能,在确定第一终端能够激活数据包复制功能的情况下,网络设备向第一终端发送第一指示信息。The first terminal sends the second QoS information to the network device, the network device receives the second QoS information, determines whether the first terminal activates the data packet copy function according to the received second QoS information, and determines whether the first terminal can activate the data packet copy function. In this case, the network device sends the first indication information to the first terminal.
可选的,网络设备确定第一终端不能够激活数据包复制功能的情况下,向第一终端发送通知消息,以指示第一终端不能够激活数据包复制功能。可选地,在通知消息中携带第一终端不能够激活数据包复制功能的原因。Optionally, when the network device determines that the first terminal cannot activate the data packet copy function, it sends a notification message to the first terminal to indicate that the first terminal cannot activate the data packet copy function. Optionally, the reason why the first terminal cannot activate the data packet copy function is carried in the notification message.
在一些实施例中,第一终端接收网络设备配置的第一承载配置,所述第一承载配置用于指示第一承载和第二承载,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载。In some embodiments, the first terminal receives the first bearer configuration configured by the network device, the first bearer configuration is used to indicate the first bearer and the second bearer, and the first bearer is the bearer for sending the first data packet A bearer, where the second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet.
第一承载为用于传输第一数据包的承载,即原始承载;第二承载为传输第二数据包的承载,即复制承载。这里,将第一承载配置中指示第一承载的信息称为第一承载信息,将第一承载配置中指示第二承载的信息称为第二承载信息。The first bearer is a bearer for transmitting the first data packet, that is, an original bearer; the second bearer is a bearer for transmitting a second data packet, that is, a duplicate bearer. Here, the information indicating the first bearer in the first bearer configuration is called first bearer information, and the information indicating the second bearer in the first bearer configuration is called second bearer information.
可选地,第一承载配置指示第一承载,此时,第一承载配置包括第一承载信息。Optionally, the first bearer configuration indicates the first bearer, and in this case, the first bearer configuration includes the first bearer information.
可选地,第一承载配置指示第二承载,此时,第一承载配置包括第二承载信息。Optionally, the first bearer configuration indicates the second bearer, and in this case, the first bearer configuration includes the second bearer information.
可选地,第一承载配置指示第一承载和第二承载,此时,第一承载配置包括第一承载信息和第二承载信息。Optionally, the first bearer configuration indicates the first bearer and the second bearer. In this case, the first bearer configuration includes the first bearer information and the second bearer information.
本申请实施例中,网络设备除了为终端设备配置第一承载配置外,还可向终端配置其他承载对应的承载信息。In this embodiment of the present application, in addition to configuring the first bearer configuration for the terminal device, the network device may also configure bearer information corresponding to other bearers for the terminal device.
当第一终端发送第一数据包所使用的承载为承载1,发送第二数据包所使用的承载为承载2,网络设备除了为第一终端配置承载1的配置信息和承载2的配置信息外,还可向第一终端配置其他承载的配置信息。When the bearer used by the first terminal to send the first data packet is bearer 1, and the bearer used to send the second data packet is bearer 2, the network device configures the configuration information of bearer 1 and bearer 2 for the first terminal , configuration information of other bearers may also be configured to the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一承载配置包括承载信息,所述承载信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first bearer configuration includes bearer information, and the bearer information includes at least one of the following:
承载标识;Bearer ID;
RLC层配置;RLC layer configuration;
媒体接入控制(Medium Access Control,MAC)层配置;Media access control (Medium Access Control, MAC) layer configuration;
可用载波信息,所述可用载波信息指示可用载波集合,所述可用载波集合包括至少一个可用载波;available carrier information, the available carrier information indicating a set of available carriers, the set of available carriers including at least one available carrier;
第一资源池信息,所述第一资源池信息指示所述可用载波对应的资源池集合,所述资源池集合包括至少一个资源池;First resource pool information, where the first resource pool information indicates a resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier, and the resource pool set includes at least one resource pool;
承载属性,所述承载属性用于表征所述承载信息为第一承载信息或第二承载信息,所述第一承载信息用于指示所述第一承载,所述第二承载信息用于指示所述第二承载。a bearer attribute, the bearer attribute is used to indicate that the bearer information is first bearer information or second bearer information, the first bearer information is used to indicate the first bearer, and the second bearer information is used to indicate the Describe the second bearer.
可选地,可用载波信息位于MAC层配置中。Optionally, the available carrier information is located in the MAC layer configuration.
在一些实施例中,第一承载信息中的可用载波集合和所述第二承载信息中的可用载波集合正交或非正交。In some embodiments, the set of available carriers in the first bearer information and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information are orthogonal or non-orthogonal.
以第一承载信息中的可用载波集合和所述第二承载信息中的可用载波集合正交为例,第一承载信息中的可用载波集合即第一载波集合与第二承载信息中的可用载波集合即第二载波集合中不包括相同的可用载波。Taking the orthogonality between the set of available carriers in the first bearer information and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information as an example, the set of available carriers in the first bearer information, that is, the first set of carriers and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information The set, that is, the second set of carriers does not include the same available carrier.
在一示例中,第一载波集合包括:载波单元(Component Carrier,CC)1、CC2和CC3。第一载波 集合包括:CC4、CC5。In an example, the first carrier set includes: component carrier (Component Carrier, CC) 1, CC2 and CC3. The first carrier set includes: CC4, CC5.
这里,发送第一数据包的第一载波为第一载波集合中的一个载波,发送第二数据包的第二载波为第二载波集合中的一个载波,且第一载波与第二载波为不同的载波,第一终端通过两个不同的载波发送第一数据包和第二数据包至第二终端。Here, the first carrier that sends the first data packet is a carrier in the first carrier set, the second carrier that sends the second data packet is a carrier in the second carrier set, and the first carrier is different from the second carrier. carrier, the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through two different carriers.
以第一承载信息中的可用载波集合和所述第二承载信息中的可用载波集合非正交为例,第一载波集合与第二载波集合中包括相同的可用载波。Taking the non-orthogonal set of available carriers in the first bearer information and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information as an example, the first set of carriers and the second set of carriers include the same available carriers.
在一示例中,第一载波集合包括:CC1、CC2和CC3。第一载波集合包括:CC3、CC5。In an example, the first carrier set includes: CC1, CC2 and CC3. The first carrier set includes: CC3 and CC5.
这里,发送第一数据包的第一载波为第一载波集合中的一个载波,发送第二数据包的第二载波为第二载波集合中的一个载波,当第一载波与第二载波为第一载波集合与第二载波集合中相同的载波,第一终端通过一个载波发送第一数据包和第二数据包至第二终端。当第一载波和第二载波为第一载波集合和第二载波集合中不同的载波,第一通过过两个不同的载波发送第一数据包和第二数据包至第二终端。Here, the first carrier that sends the first data packet is a carrier in the first carrier set, and the second carrier that sends the second data packet is a carrier in the second carrier set. When the first carrier and the second carrier are the first carrier A carrier set is the same carrier as the second carrier set, and the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through one carrier. When the first carrier and the second carrier are different carriers in the first carrier set and the second carrier set, the first data packet and the second data packet are sent to the second terminal through the two different carriers.
在一些实施例中,第一承载信息中的资源池集合和所述第二承载信息中的资源池集合正交。In some embodiments, the resource pool set in the first bearer information is orthogonal to the resource pool set in the second bearer information.
这里,第一承载信息中的资源池集合为第一载波集合中的可用载波对应的资源池集合即第一资源池集合,第一承载信息中的资源池集合为第二载波集合中的可用载波对应的资源池集合即第二资源池集合。第一资源池集合中的资源池即第一资源池用于第一数据包的发送,第二资源池集合中的资源池即第二资源池用于第二数据包的发送。Here, the resource pool set in the first bearer information is the resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier in the first carrier set, that is, the first resource pool set, and the resource pool set in the first bearer information is the available carrier in the second carrier set The corresponding resource pool set is the second resource pool set. The resource pool in the first resource pool set, that is, the first resource pool is used for sending the first data packet, and the resource pool in the second resource pool set, that is, the second resource pool, is used for sending the second data packet.
当第一终端通过第一资源池中的资源发送第一数据包,且通过第二资源池中的资源发送第二数据包,则发送第一数据包的资源与发送第二数据包的资源正交。When the first terminal sends the first data packet through the resources in the first resource pool and sends the second data packet through the resources in the second resource pool, the resources for sending the first data packet and the resources for sending the second data packet are exactly the same pay.
在一些实施例中,所述第一承载配置的配置方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the configuration of the first bearer configuration includes at least one of the following:
当所述第一终端处于第一状态,所述网络设备通过SIB消息发送,所述第一状态为RRC空闲状态或RRC去激活状态;When the first terminal is in a first state, the network device sends a SIB message, and the first state is an RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
当所述第一终端处于第一状态,所述网络设备预配置;When the first terminal is in the first state, the network device is pre-configured;
当所述第一终端处于第二状态,所述网络设备通过专用信令发送,所述第二状态为RRC连接状态。When the first terminal is in the second state, the network device sends it through dedicated signaling, and the second state is an RRC connection state.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method also includes:
所述第一终端根据可靠性,确定所述第一承载;The first terminal determines the first bearer according to reliability;
所述第一终端根据第一映射关系,确定所述第二承载,所述第一映射关系为所述第一承载与所述第二承载之间的映射关系。The first terminal determines the second bearer according to a first mapping relationship, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the first bearer and the second bearer.
第一终端中配置有可靠性与承载的关联关系,第一终端根据可靠性将与可靠性具有关联关系的承载确定为第一承载。The first terminal is configured with an association relationship between the reliability and the bearer, and the first terminal determines the bearer associated with the reliability as the first bearer according to the reliability.
第一终端确定第一承载后,将与第一承载具有第一映射关系的承载确定为第二承载。After determining the first bearer, the first terminal determines the bearer having the first mapping relationship with the first bearer as the second bearer.
这里,在可靠性与承载的关联关系中或映射关系中,通过承载标识来标识承载。Here, in the association relationship or mapping relationship between the reliability and the bearer, the bearer is identified by the bearer identifier.
终端设备确定第一承载和第二承载后,基于第一承载配置确定第一承载的承载配置信息和第二承载的承载配置信息,并基于第一承载的承载配置信息指示的第一承载发送第一数据包,基于第二承载的承载配置信息指示第二承载发送第二数据包。After determining the first bearer and the second bearer, the terminal device determines the bearer configuration information of the first bearer and the bearer configuration information of the second bearer based on the first bearer configuration, and sends the second bearer based on the first bearer indicated by the bearer configuration information of the first bearer. A data packet, instructing the second bearer to send the second data packet based on the bearer configuration information of the second bearer.
在一些实施例中,所述第一映射关系为所述网络设备配置的。In some embodiments, the first mapping relationship is configured by the network device.
在一些实施例中,在S401之前,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, before S401, the method further includes:
所述第一终端向所述第二终端发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述数据包复制功能被激活或被去激活。The first terminal sends second indication information to the second terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet copy function is activated or deactivated.
此时,第二终端接收第一终端发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述数据包复制功能被激活或被去激活。At this time, the second terminal receives second indication information sent by the first terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet copy function is activated or deactivated.
第一终端在满足进行数据包复制的条件,且在未激活数据包复制功能之前,向第二终端发送指示数据包复制功能被激活的第二指示信息,以通知第二终端,第一终端将激活数据包复制功能。此时,第二终端指示数据包复制功能被激活的第二指示信息获知第一终端将激活数据包复制功能。When the first terminal satisfies the conditions for data packet copying and before the data packet copying function is not activated, the first terminal sends the second indication information indicating that the data packet copying function is activated to the second terminal to notify the second terminal that the first terminal will Activate the packet copy function. At this time, the second terminal indicates that the data packet copy function is activated through the second indication information to know that the first terminal will activate the data packet copy function.
或者,第一终端去激活数据包复制功能之前,向第二终端发送指示数据包复制功能被去激活的第二指示信息,以通知第二终端,第一终端将去激活数据包复制功能。此时,第二终端指示数据包复制功能被去激活的第二指示信息获知第一终端将去激活数据包复制功能。Alternatively, before the first terminal deactivates the data packet copy function, it sends second indication information indicating that the data packet copy function is deactivated to the second terminal, so as to notify the second terminal that the first terminal will deactivate the data packet copy function. At this time, the second indication information indicating that the data packet copy function is deactivated by the second terminal knows that the first terminal will deactivate the data packet copy function.
在一些实施例中,所述第二指示信息的传输方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the transmission manner of the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
通过PC5无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)传输;Transmission via PC5 Radio Resource Control (RRC);
通过SL-MAC控制元素(Control Element,CE)传输;Transmission via SL-MAC Control Element (CE);
通过侧行链路控制信息(Sidelink Control Information,SCI)传输。Transmitted through Sidelink Control Information (SCI).
在一些实施例中,所述第二指示信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
激活/去激活指示;Activation/deactivation indication;
第一承载的标识,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载;An identifier of a first bearer, where the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet;
第二承载的标识,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载;An identifier of a second bearer, where the second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet;
所述第一载波的标识;an identification of the first carrier;
所述第二载波的标识。The identity of the second carrier.
在一些实施例中,在所述第一指示信息指示数据包复制功能被激活的情况下,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, when the first indication information indicates that the packet copy function is activated, the method further includes:
所述第一终端向所述第二终端发送第一承载配置,所述第一承载配置用于指示第一承载和第二承载,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载。The first terminal sends a first bearer configuration to the second terminal, the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, The second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet.
这里,在所述第一指示信息指示数据包复制功能被激活的情况下,所述方法还包括:Here, in the case where the first indication information indicates that the packet copy function is activated, the method further includes:
第二终端接收第一终端发送的第一承载配置。The second terminal receives the first bearer configuration sent by the first terminal.
第一终端向第二终端发送的第一承载配置的描述可参见网络设备向第一终端配置的第一承载配置的描述,这里不再赘述。For the description of the first bearer configuration sent by the first terminal to the second terminal, refer to the description of the first bearer configuration configured by the network device to the first terminal, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送响应所述第二指示信息的反馈信息。In some embodiments, the method further includes: the second terminal sending feedback information in response to the second indication information to the first terminal.
此时,所述第一终端接收所述第二终端发送的响应所述第二指示信息的反馈信息。At this time, the first terminal receives feedback information sent by the second terminal in response to the second indication information.
可选地,所述反馈信息的接收方式包括以下至少之一:Optionally, the manner of receiving the feedback information includes at least one of the following:
通过PC5RRC接收;Received via PC5RRC;
通过SL-MAC CE接收;Receive through SL-MAC CE;
通过SCI接收;Receipt via SCI;
通过物理侧行链路反馈信道(Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel,PSFCH)接收。Received through the Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel (PSFCH).
在一些实施例中,所述反馈信息指示所述第二终端接受或拒绝所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能。In some embodiments, the feedback information instructs the second terminal to accept or reject the activation of the data packet copy function by the first terminal.
在所述反馈信息指示所述第二终端接受所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能的情况下,所述第一终端激活数据包复制功能,以进行数据包复制。When the feedback information indicates that the second terminal accepts activation of the data packet copy function by the first terminal, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function to perform data packet copy.
在所述反馈信息指示所述第二终端拒绝所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能的情况下,所述第一终端不激活数据包复制功能,不进行数据包复制。When the feedback information indicates that the second terminal refuses the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function, the first terminal does not activate the data packet copy function, and does not perform data packet copy.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:所述第二终端在接收所述第二指示信息的情况下,向网络设备上报第四指示信息;所述第四指示信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述第二终端进行承载配置的重配。In some embodiments, the method further includes: when the second terminal receives the second indication information, reporting fourth indication information to the network device; the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the network The device performs bearer configuration reconfiguration for the second terminal.
可选地,第二终端在正确接收到第二指示信息的情况下,向网络设备上报第四指示信息。Optionally, when the second terminal correctly receives the second indication information, it reports the fourth indication information to the network device.
可选地,第四指示信息用于指示第一终端设备发送给第二设备的第一承载配置,网络设备根据第四指示信息实施的第一承载配置为第二终端设备进行承载配置的重配,以为第二终端设备配置适用于第二终端设备的承载配置。Optionally, the fourth indication information is used to indicate the first bearer configuration sent by the first terminal device to the second device, and the network device performs bearer configuration reconfiguration for the second terminal device according to the first bearer configuration implemented by the fourth indication information , to configure the bearer configuration applicable to the second terminal device for the second terminal device.
在一些实施例中,在所述网络设备重配失败的情况下,所述反馈信息指示所述第二终端拒绝所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能。In some embodiments, when the reconfiguration of the network device fails, the feedback information indicates that the second terminal refuses the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function.
在网络设备重配失败的情况下,网络设备未成功给第二终端重配对应第一承载配置的承载配置,第二终端将无法正确接收第一终端介于第一承载配置所发送的数据包,则第二终端拒绝第一终端设备激活数据包复制功能。In the case of network device reconfiguration failure, the network device fails to reconfigure the bearer configuration corresponding to the first bearer configuration for the second terminal, and the second terminal will not be able to correctly receive the data packets sent by the first terminal in the first bearer configuration , the second terminal refuses the first terminal device to activate the data packet copy function.
在一些实施例中,在网络设备成功的情况下,所述反馈信息指示所述第二终端接受所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能。In some embodiments, if the network device succeeds, the feedback information instructs the second terminal to accept the activation of the data packet copy function by the first terminal.
网络设备成功给第二终端重配对应第一承载配置的承载配置,第二终端基于重配的承载配置能够正确接收第一终端基于第一承载配置所发送的第一数据包和第二数据包,则第二终端接受第一终端设备激活数据包复制功能。The network device successfully reconfigures the bearer configuration corresponding to the first bearer configuration for the second terminal, and the second terminal can correctly receive the first data packet and the second data packet sent by the first terminal based on the first bearer configuration based on the reconfigured bearer configuration , the second terminal accepts that the first terminal device activates the data packet copy function.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method also includes:
第二终端接收第一终端发送的SL MAC CE。The second terminal receives the SL MAC CE sent by the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method also includes:
所述第一终端接收所述网络设备发送的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端是否进行SL MAC CE复制。The first terminal receives third indication information sent by the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate whether the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication.
当第三指示信息指示第一终端不进行SL MAC CE复制,第一终端不进行SL MAC CE复制。When the third indication information indicates that the first terminal does not perform SL MAC CE replication, the first terminal does not perform SL MAC CE replication.
在一些实施例中,在第三指示信息指示所述第一终端不进行SL MAC CE复制的情况下,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, when the third indication information indicates that the first terminal does not perform SL MAC CE replication, the method further includes:
所述第一终端发送所述第一SL MAC CE至所述第二终端。The first terminal sends the first SL MAC CE to the second terminal.
此时,所述第二终端从所述第一终端接收的SL MAC CE包括第一SL MAC CE。At this time, the SL MAC CE received by the second terminal from the first terminal includes the first SL MAC CE.
第一终端基于第三指示信息确定不进行SL MAC CE复制的情况下,不进行SL MAC CE复制,则将第一数据包对应的SL MAC CE即第一SL MAC CE发送至第二终端。If the first terminal determines not to perform SL MAC CE duplication based on the third indication information, the SL MAC CE duplication is not performed, and the SL MAC CE corresponding to the first data packet, that is, the first SL MAC CE is sent to the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一SL MAC CE与所述第一数据包的数据或所述第二数据包的数据进行复用。In some embodiments, the first SL MAC CE is multiplexed with the data of the first data packet or the data of the second data packet.
在第一SL MAC CE与第一数据包的数据进行复用的情况下,第一终端将第一SL MAC CE与第一数据包的数据复用在第一数据包。所述第二终端基于所述第一数据包确定所述第一SL MAC CE。In the case where the first SL MAC CE and the data of the first data packet are multiplexed, the first terminal multiplexes the first SL MAC CE and the data of the first data packet in the first data packet. The second terminal determines the first SL MAC CE based on the first data packet.
在第一SL MAC CE与第二数据包的数据进行复用的情况下,第一终端将第一SL MAC CE与第二数据包的数据复用在第二数据包。所述第二终端基于所述第二数据包确定所述第一SL MAC CE。In the case of multiplexing the data of the first SL MAC CE and the second data packet, the first terminal multiplexes the data of the first SL MAC CE and the second data packet in the second data packet. The second terminal determines the first SL MAC CE based on the second data packet.
在一些实施例中,所述第一SL MAC CE复用第一逻辑信道进行发送,所述第一逻辑信道为承载所述第一数据包或所述第二数据包的逻辑信道。In some embodiments, the first SL MAC CE multiplexes a first logical channel for sending, and the first logical channel is a logical channel that carries the first data packet or the second data packet.
在所述第一SL MAC CE与第一数据包的数据复用的情况下,所述第一逻辑信道为传输所述第一数据包的逻辑信道。第一终端复用第一逻辑信道发送第一数据包和第一SL MAC CE,第二终端复用第一逻辑信道接收第一数据包和第一SL MAC CE。In the case where the first SL MAC CE is multiplexed with the data of the first data packet, the first logical channel is a logical channel for transmitting the first data packet. The first terminal multiplexes the first logical channel to send the first data packet and the first SL MAC CE, and the second terminal multiplexes the first logical channel to receive the first data packet and the first SL MAC CE.
在所述第一SL MAC CE与第二数据包的数据复用的情况下,所述第一逻辑信道为传输所述第二数据包的逻辑信道。第一终端复用第一逻辑信道发送第二数据包和第一SL MAC CE,第二终端复用第一逻辑信道接收第二数据包和第一SL MAC CE。In the case where the first SL MAC CE is multiplexed with the data of the second data packet, the first logical channel is a logical channel for transmitting the second data packet. The first terminal multiplexes the first logical channel to send the second data packet and the first SL MAC CE, and the second terminal multiplexes the first logical channel to receive the second data packet and the first SL MAC CE.
当第三指示信息指示第一终端进行SL MAC CE复制,第一终端进行SL MAC CE复制。When the third indication information instructs the first terminal to perform SL MAC CE replication, the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication.
在一些实施例中,在第三指示信息指示所述第一终端进行SL MAC CE复制的情况下,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, when the third indication information indicates that the first terminal performs SL MAC CE duplication, the method further includes:
所述第一终端进行SL MAC CE复制,得到第一SL MAC CE和第二SL MAC CE;The first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication to obtain the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE;
所述第一终端将所述第一SL MAC CE和所述第二SL MAC CE发送至第二终端。The first terminal sends the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE to the second terminal.
此时,所述第二终端从所述第一终端接收的SL MAC CE包括第一SL MAC CE和第二SL MAC CE,所述第一SL MAC CE和第二SL MAC CE为通过SL MAC CE复制得到的。At this time, the SL MAC CE received by the second terminal from the first terminal includes a first SL MAC CE and a second SL MAC CE, and the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE are passed SL MAC CE copied.
第一SL MAC CE为被复制的SL MAC CE,可理解为原始SL MAC CE,第二SL MAC CE为复制原始SL MAC CE得到的SL MAC CE,可理解为复制SL MAC CE。The first SL MAC CE is the copied SL MAC CE, which can be understood as the original SL MAC CE, and the second SL MAC CE is the SL MAC CE obtained by copying the original SL MAC CE, which can be understood as the copied SL MAC CE.
第一终端基于第三指示信息确定进行SL MAC CE复制的情况下,进行SL MAC CE复制,得到第一SL MAC CE和第二SL MAC CE,将第一SL MAC CE和第二SL MAC CE发送至第二终端。第二终端接收到第一SL MAC CE和第二SL MAC CE。When the first terminal determines to perform SL MAC CE replication based on the third indication information, perform SL MAC CE replication to obtain the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE, and send the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE to the second terminal. The second terminal receives the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE.
在一些实施例中,所述第一SL MAC CE和所述第二SL MAC CE基于第二承载配置传输。In some embodiments, the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE are transmitted based on a second bearer configuration.
第一终端基于第二承载配置发送第一SL MAC CE和所述第二SL MAC CE至第二终端,第二终端基于第二承载配置接收所述第一SL MAC CE和所述第二SL MAC CE。The first terminal sends the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE to the second terminal based on the second bearer configuration, and the second terminal receives the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC based on the second bearer configuration CE.
可选地,第二承载配置传输为网络设备配置的。Optionally, the second bearer configuration transmission is configured by the network device.
在一些实施例中,所述第二承载配置包括:第一发送信息和第二发送信息,所述第一发送信息为对应所述第一SL MAC CE的发送信息,所述第二发送信息为对应所述第二SL MAC CE的发送信息。In some embodiments, the second bearer configuration includes: first sending information and second sending information, the first sending information is sending information corresponding to the first SL MAC CE, and the second sending information is Corresponding to the sending information of the second SL MAC CE.
在一些实施例中,所述发送信息指示以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the sending information indicates at least one of the following:
发送载波集合,所述发送载波集合包括至少一个发送载波;a set of transmit carriers, the set of transmit carriers comprising at least one transmit carrier;
所述发送载波上的可用资源池;an available resource pool on the sending carrier;
逻辑信道。logical channel.
在一些实施例中,在HARQ反馈激活的情况下,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, where HARQ feedback is activated, the method further comprises:
所述第二终端发送HARQ反馈至所述第一终端。The second terminal sends HARQ feedback to the first terminal.
此时,第一终端接收第二终端发送的HARQ反馈。At this time, the first terminal receives the HARQ feedback sent by the second terminal.
第一终端接收的HARQ反馈指示第二终端是否成功接收第一数据包和第二数据包,或指示第一终端是否需要对第一数据包和第二数据包进行重传。The HARQ feedback received by the first terminal indicates whether the second terminal successfully receives the first data packet and the second data packet, or indicates whether the first terminal needs to retransmit the first data packet and the second data packet.
在一些实施例中,所述HARQ反馈的传输方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the transmission mode of the HARQ feedback includes at least one of the following:
传输方式1、在第一资源上传输第一HARQ反馈,且在第二资源上传输第二HARQ反馈,所述第一资源为所述第一数据包对应的反馈资源,所述第一HARQ反馈为针对所述第一数据包的HARQ反馈,所述第二资源为所述第二数据包对应的反馈资源,所述第二HARQ反馈为针对所述第二数据包的HARQ反馈;Transmission mode 1. The first HARQ feedback is transmitted on the first resource, and the second HARQ feedback is transmitted on the second resource, the first resource is the feedback resource corresponding to the first data packet, and the first HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the first data packet, the second resource is a feedback resource corresponding to the second data packet, and the second HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the second data packet;
传输方式2、在第一资源上传输第一HARQ反馈;Transmission mode 2, transmitting the first HARQ feedback on the first resource;
传输方式3、在第一资源上传输第三HARQ反馈,所述第三HARQ反馈为针对所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包的HARQ反馈。Transmission manner 3: Transmit third HARQ feedback on the first resource, where the third HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the first data packet and the second data packet.
这里,第二终端发送所述HARQ反馈的方式包括以下至少之一:Here, the manner in which the second terminal sends the HARQ feedback includes at least one of the following:
方式A1、在第一资源上发送第一HARQ反馈,且在第二资源上发送第二HARQ反馈,所述第一资源为所述第一数据包对应的反馈资源,所述第一HARQ反馈为针对所述第一数据包的HARQ反馈,所述第二资源为所述第二数据包对应的反馈资源,所述第二HARQ反馈为针对所述第二数据包的HARQ反馈;Way A1: Send the first HARQ feedback on the first resource, and send the second HARQ feedback on the second resource, the first resource is the feedback resource corresponding to the first data packet, and the first HARQ feedback is For the HARQ feedback of the first data packet, the second resource is a feedback resource corresponding to the second data packet, and the second HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the second data packet;
方式A2、在第一资源上发送第一HARQ反馈;Mode A2, sending the first HARQ feedback on the first resource;
方式A3、在第一资源上发送第三HARQ反馈,所述第三HARQ反馈为针对所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包的HARQ反馈。Manner A3: Send third HARQ feedback on the first resource, where the third HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the first data packet and the second data packet.
此时,所述第一终端接收所述HARQ反馈的方式包括以下至少之一:At this time, the manner in which the first terminal receives the HARQ feedback includes at least one of the following:
方式B1、在第一资源上接收第一HARQ反馈,且在第二资源上接收第二HARQ反馈,所述第一资源为所述第一数据包对应的反馈资源,所述第一HARQ反馈为针对所述第一数据包的HARQ反馈,所述第二资源为所述第二数据包对应的反馈资源,所述第二HARQ反馈为针对所述第二数据包的HARQ反馈;Manner B1: receiving first HARQ feedback on a first resource, and receiving second HARQ feedback on a second resource, where the first resource is a feedback resource corresponding to the first data packet, and the first HARQ feedback is For the HARQ feedback of the first data packet, the second resource is a feedback resource corresponding to the second data packet, and the second HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the second data packet;
方式B2、在第一资源上接收第一HARQ反馈;Way B2, receiving the first HARQ feedback on the first resource;
方式B3、在第一资源上接收第三HARQ反馈,所述第三HARQ反馈为针对所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包的HARQ反馈。Manner B3: Receive third HARQ feedback on the first resource, where the third HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the first data packet and the second data packet.
在一示例中,第二终端使用方式A1在第一资源上发送第一HARQ反馈,在第二资源上发送第二HARQ反馈,此时,第一终端使用方式B1在第一资源上接收第一HARQ反馈,且在第二资源上接收第二HARQ反馈。In an example, the second terminal uses the method A1 to send the first HARQ feedback on the first resource, and sends the second HARQ feedback on the second resource. At this time, the first terminal uses the method B1 to receive the first HARQ feedback on the first resource. HARQ feedback, and receiving a second HARQ feedback on a second resource.
在一示例中,第二终端使用方式A2仅在第一资源上发送第一HARQ反馈,第一终端使用方式B2在第一资源上接收到第一HARQ反馈。In an example, the second terminal only sends the first HARQ feedback on the first resource using manner A2, and the first terminal receives the first HARQ feedback on the first resource using manner B2.
在一示例中,第二终端使用方式A3在第一资源上发送针对第一数据包和第二数据包的第三HARQ反馈,此时,第一终端使用方式B3在第一资源上接收到第三HARQ反馈。In an example, the second terminal uses the method A3 to send the third HARQ feedback for the first data packet and the second data packet on the first resource. At this time, the first terminal uses the method B3 to receive the third HARQ feedback on the first resource. Three HARQ feedback.
本申请实施例中,第二终端可指示上述多个HARQ反馈的反馈方式。In this embodiment of the present application, the second terminal may indicate the feedback manners of the foregoing multiple HARQ feedbacks.
在一示例中,第二终端使用方式A1发送数据包1和数据包1',其中,数据包1'为数据包1对应的复制数据包。此时,第一终端基于方式B1接收数据包1和数据包1'。第二终端使用方式A2发送数据包2和数据包2',其中,数据包2'为数据包2对应的复制数据包。此时,第一终端基于方式B2接收数据包2和数据包2'。In an example, the second terminal sends the data packet 1 and the data packet 1' using the manner A1, wherein the data packet 1' is a duplicate data packet corresponding to the data packet 1. At this time, the first terminal receives the data packet 1 and the data packet 1' based on the mode B1. The second terminal sends the data packet 2 and the data packet 2' using the manner A2, wherein the data packet 2' is a duplicate data packet corresponding to the data packet 2. At this time, the first terminal receives data packet 2 and data packet 2' based on manner B2.
在一示例中,第二终端使用方式A1发送数据包3和数据包3',其中,数据包3'为数据包3对应的复制数据包。此时,第一终端基于方式B1接收数据包3和数据包3'。第二终端使用方式A3发送数据包4和数据包4',其中,数据包4'为数据包4对应的复制数据包。此时,第一终端基于方式B3接收数据包4和数据包4'。In an example, the second terminal sends the data packet 3 and the data packet 3' using the mode A1, wherein the data packet 3' is a duplicate data packet corresponding to the data packet 3. At this time, the first terminal receives the data packet 3 and the data packet 3' based on the mode B1. The second terminal uses the mode A3 to send the data packet 4 and the data packet 4 ′, wherein the data packet 4 ′ is a duplicate data packet corresponding to the data packet 4 . At this time, the first terminal receives the data packet 4 and the data packet 4' based on the mode B3.
在一示例中,第二终端使用方式A1发送数据包5和数据包5',其中,数据包5'为数据包5对应的复制数据包。此时,第一终端基于方式B1接收数据包5和数据包5'。第二终端使用方式A2发送数据包6和数据包6',其中,数据包6'为数据包6对应的复制数据包。此时,第一终端基于方式B2接收数据包2和数据包2'。第二终端使用方式A3发送数据包7和数据包7',其中,数据包7'为数据包7对应的复制数据包。此时,第一终端基于方式B3接收数据包7和数据包7'。In an example, the second terminal sends the data packet 5 and the data packet 5 ′ in the manner A1, wherein the data packet 5 ′ is a duplicate data packet corresponding to the data packet 5 . At this time, the first terminal receives the data packet 5 and the data packet 5' based on the mode B1. The second terminal uses the mode A2 to send the data packet 6 and the data packet 6 ′, wherein the data packet 6 ′ is a duplicate data packet corresponding to the data packet 6 . At this time, the first terminal receives data packet 2 and data packet 2' based on manner B2. The second terminal uses the mode A3 to send the data packet 7 and the data packet 7 ′, wherein the data packet 7 ′ is a duplicate data packet corresponding to the data packet 7 . At this time, the first terminal receives the data packet 7 and the data packet 7' based on the mode B3.
本申请实施例还提供一种数据传输方法,如图6所示,包括:The embodiment of the present application also provides a data transmission method, as shown in FIG. 6, including:
S601、网络设备为第一终端配置数据包复制配置。S601. The network device configures data packet replication configuration for the first terminal.
所述数据包复制配置用于所述第一终端的数据包复制功能,基于所述数据包复制功能得到的第一数据包和第二数据包通过相同或不同的载波发送至第二终端。The data packet duplication configuration is used for the data packet duplication function of the first terminal, and the first data packet and the second data packet obtained based on the data packet duplication function are sent to the second terminal through the same or different carriers.
在一些实施例中,所述数据包复制配置包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the packet replication configuration includes at least one of the following:
第二信息,所述第二信息为第一信息对应的门限值,所述第二信息用于所述第一终端判断是否激活所述数据包复制功能;second information, where the second information is a threshold value corresponding to the first information, and the second information is used by the first terminal to determine whether to activate the data packet copy function;
第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能;first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function;
第一承载配置,所述第一承载配置用于指示第一承载和/或第二承载,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载、First bearer configuration, where the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and/or a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, and the second bearer is for sending the second bearer The bearer of the second data packet,
第一映射关系,所述第一映射关系为所述第一承载与所述第二承载之间的映射关系。A first mapping relationship, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the first bearer and the second bearer.
对于第二信息,第一终端在第一状态下,基于第一信息和第二信息判断是否激活数据包复制功能。可选地,第一状态为无线资源控制RRC空闲状态或RRC去激活状态。For the second information, in the first state, the first terminal judges whether to activate the data packet copy function based on the first information and the second information. Optionally, the first state is a radio resource control RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息包括以下之一:可靠性对应的门限值、CBR对应的门限值、RSRP对应的门限值。In some embodiments, the second information includes one of the following: a threshold value corresponding to reliability, a threshold value corresponding to CBR, and a threshold value corresponding to RSRP.
对应的,第一信息包括以下至少之一:Correspondingly, the first information includes at least one of the following:
可靠性、CBR、RSRP。Reliability, CBR, RSRP.
可选地,第一终端处于单播的场景下,第一信息包括RSRP。Optionally, the first terminal is in a unicast scenario, and the first information includes RSRP.
本申请实施例中,当第一信息包括一信息,则第二信息包括该信息对应的门限值。In this embodiment of the present application, when the first information includes information, the second information includes a threshold value corresponding to the information.
以第一信息包括Reliability为例,第二信息包括:Reliability对应的门限值即Reliability门限值。Taking the first information including Reliability as an example, the second information includes: a threshold value corresponding to Reliability, that is, a Reliability threshold value.
以第一信息包括CBR为例,第二信息包括:CBR对应的门限值即CBR门限值。Taking the first information including CBR as an example, the second information includes: a threshold corresponding to the CBR, that is, a CBR threshold.
以第一信息包括RSRP为例,第二信息包括:RSRP对应的门限值即RSRP门限值。Taking the first information including RSRP as an example, the second information includes: a threshold value corresponding to the RSRP, that is, an RSRP threshold value.
以第一信息包括CBR和RSRP为例,第二信息包括:CBR对应的门限值即CBR门限值和RSRP对应的门限值即RSRP门限值。Taking the first information including CBR and RSRP as an example, the second information includes: a threshold value corresponding to CBR, that is, a CBR threshold value, and a threshold value corresponding to RSRP, that is, an RSRP threshold value.
以第一信息包括Reliability、CBR和RSRP为例,第二信息包括:Reliability对应的门限值即Reliability门限值、CBR对应的门限值即CBR门限值和RSRP对应的门限值即RSRP门限值。Taking the first information including Reliability, CBR and RSRP as an example, the second information includes: the threshold corresponding to Reliability is the Reliability threshold, the threshold corresponding to CBR is the CBR threshold, and the threshold corresponding to RSRP is RSRP threshold.
在一些实施例中,所述激活条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the activation condition includes at least one of the following:
可靠性小于可靠性门限值;The reliability is less than the reliability threshold;
信道忙碌率大于信道忙碌率门限值;The channel busy rate is greater than the channel busy rate threshold;
RSRP小于RSRP门限值。RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold.
当第一信息包括可靠性,则激活条件包括:可靠性小于可靠性门限值,当可靠性小于可靠性门限值,第一终端激活数据包复制功能。When the first information includes reliability, the activation condition includes: the reliability is less than a reliability threshold, and when the reliability is less than the reliability threshold, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function.
当第一信息包括CBR,则激活条件包括:CBR大于CBR门限值,当CBR大于CBR门限值,第一终端激活数据包复制功能。When the first information includes CBR, the activation condition includes: the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold, and when the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function.
当第一信息包括RSRP,则激活条件包括:RSRP小于RSRP门限值,当RSRP小于RSRP门限值,第一终端激活数据包复制功能。When the first information includes RSRP, the activation condition includes: the RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold, and when the RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold, the first terminal activates the data packet copy function.
当第一信息包括CBR和RSRP,则激活条件包括:CBR大于CBR门限值、RSRP小于RSRP门限值,当CBR大于CBR门限值且RSRP小于RSRP门限值,第一终端激活数据包复制功能。When the first information includes CBR and RSRP, the activation conditions include: CBR is greater than the CBR threshold, and RSRP is less than the RSRP threshold. When the CBR is greater than the CBR threshold and the RSRP is less than the RSRP threshold, the first terminal activates packet replication Function.
本申请实施例中,第一终端判断是否激活数据包复制功能所使用的第二信息可为网络设备为第一终端配置的第二信息中的全部或部分。In this embodiment of the present application, the second information used by the first terminal to determine whether to activate the packet copy function may be all or part of the second information configured by the network device for the first terminal.
在一示例中,网络设备为第一终端配置的第二信息包括:可靠性门限值和RSRP门限值,第一终端使用可靠性门限值和RSRP门限值判定是否激活数据包复制功能。In an example, the second information configured by the network device for the first terminal includes: a reliability threshold and an RSRP threshold, and the first terminal uses the reliability threshold and the RSRP threshold to determine whether to activate the data packet replication function .
在一示例中,网络设备为第一终端配置的第二信息包括:可靠性门限值和RSRP门限值,第一终端使用可靠性门限值判定是否激活数据包复制功能。In an example, the second information configured by the network device for the first terminal includes: a reliability threshold and an RSRP threshold, and the first terminal uses the reliability threshold to determine whether to activate the data packet replication function.
在一示例中,网络设备为第一终端配置的第二信息包括:可靠性门限值、CBR门限值和RSRP门限值,第一终端使用可靠性门限值和RSRP门限值判定是否激活数据包复制功能。In an example, the second information configured by the network device for the first terminal includes: a reliability threshold, a CBR threshold, and an RSRP threshold, and the first terminal uses the reliability threshold and the RSRP threshold to determine whether Activate the packet copy function.
在一示例中,网络设备为第一终端配置的第二信息包括:可靠性门限值、CBR门限值和RSRP门限值,第一终端使用可靠性门限值、CBR门限值和RSRP门限值判定是否激活数据包复制功能。In an example, the second information configured by the network device for the first terminal includes: a reliability threshold, a CBR threshold, and an RSRP threshold, and the first terminal uses the reliability threshold, the CBR threshold, and the RSRP threshold. The threshold value determines whether to activate the data packet copy function.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息的配置方式包括:In some embodiments, the configuration of the second information includes:
所述网络设备通过第一消息为所述第一终端配置。The network device configures the first terminal through the first message.
在一些实施例中,所述第一消息包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the first message includes one of the following:
所述网络设备广播的SIB消息;The SIB message broadcast by the network device;
所述网络设备发送的预配置消息。A pre-configuration message sent by the network device.
本申请实施例中,不同的门限值可通过同一消息或不同的消息配置。In this embodiment of the present application, different threshold values can be configured through the same message or different messages.
在一示例中,可靠性门限值和CBR门限值通过SIB消息配置。In an example, the reliability threshold and the CBR threshold are configured through SIB messages.
在一示例中,可靠性门限值通过SIB消息配置,CBR门限值和RSRP门限值通过预配置消息配置。In an example, the reliability threshold is configured through the SIB message, and the CBR threshold and the RSRP threshold are configured through the pre-configuration message.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, the method also includes:
所述网络设备接收所述第一终端发送的第二QoS信息,所述第二QoS信息用于确定所述第一指示信息。The network device receives the second QoS information sent by the first terminal, where the second QoS information is used to determine the first indication information.
可选地,第二QoS信息为业务的QoS信息,可包括以下信息至少之一:QCI、ARP、GBR等信息。Optionally, the second QoS information is service QoS information, which may include at least one of the following information: QCI, ARP, GBR and other information.
第一终端向网络设备发送第二QoS信息,网络设备接收第二QoS信息,根据接收的第二QoS信息确定第一终端是否激活数据包复制功能,在确定第一终端能够激活数据包复制功能的情况下,网络设备向第一终端发送第一指示信息。The first terminal sends the second QoS information to the network device, the network device receives the second QoS information, determines whether the first terminal activates the data packet copy function according to the received second QoS information, and determines whether the first terminal can activate the data packet copy function. In this case, the network device sends the first indication information to the first terminal.
可选的,网络设备确定第一终端不能够激活数据包复制功能的情况下,向第一终端发送通知消息,以指示第一终端不能够激活数据包复制功能。可选地,在通知消息中携带第一终端不能够激活数据包复制功能的原因。Optionally, when the network device determines that the first terminal cannot activate the data packet copy function, it sends a notification message to the first terminal to indicate that the first terminal cannot activate the data packet copy function. Optionally, the reason why the first terminal cannot activate the data packet copy function is carried in the notification message.
61、根据权利要求60所述的方法,其中,所述第二QoS信息还用于所述网络设备判断是否需要给所述第一终端配置所述第一承载配置中的第二承载信息,所述第二承载信息用于指示第二承载。61. The method according to claim 60, wherein the second QoS information is also used by the network device to determine whether the second bearer information in the first bearer configuration needs to be configured for the first terminal, so The second bearer information is used to indicate the second bearer.
在数据包配置包括所述第一承载配置的情况下,所述第一承载配置包括承载信息,所述承载信息包括以下至少之一:In the case where the data packet configuration includes the first bearer configuration, the first bearer configuration includes bearer information, and the bearer information includes at least one of the following:
承载标识;Bearer ID;
无线链路控制RLC层配置;Radio link control RLC layer configuration;
媒体接入控制MAC层配置;Media access control MAC layer configuration;
可用载波信息,所述可用载波信息指示可用载波集合,所述可用载波集合包括至少一个可用载波;available carrier information, the available carrier information indicating a set of available carriers, the set of available carriers including at least one available carrier;
第一资源池信息,所述第一资源池信息指示所述可用载波对应的资源池集合,所述资源池集合包括至少一个资源池;First resource pool information, where the first resource pool information indicates a resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier, and the resource pool set includes at least one resource pool;
承载属性,所述承载属性用于表征所述承载信息为第一承载信息或第二承载信息,所述第一承载信息用于指示所述第一承载,所述第二承载信息用于指示所述第二承载。a bearer attribute, the bearer attribute is used to indicate that the bearer information is first bearer information or second bearer information, the first bearer information is used to indicate the first bearer, and the second bearer information is used to indicate the Describe the second bearer.
可选地,可用载波信息位于MAC层配置中。Optionally, the available carrier information is located in the MAC layer configuration.
在一些实施例中,第一承载信息中的可用载波集合和所述第二承载信息中的可用载波集合正交或非正交。In some embodiments, the set of available carriers in the first bearer information and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information are orthogonal or non-orthogonal.
以第一承载信息中的可用载波集合和所述第二承载信息中的可用载波集合正交为例,第一承载信息中的可用载波集合即第一载波集合与第二承载信息中的可用载波集合即第二载波集合中不包括相同的可用载波。Taking the orthogonality between the set of available carriers in the first bearer information and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information as an example, the set of available carriers in the first bearer information, that is, the first set of carriers and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information The set, that is, the second set of carriers does not include the same available carrier.
在一示例中,第一载波集合包括:CC1、CC2和CC3。第一载波集合包括:CC4、CC5。In an example, the first carrier set includes: CC1, CC2 and CC3. The first carrier set includes: CC4, CC5.
这里,发送第一数据包的第一载波为第一载波集合中的一个载波,发送第二数据包的第二载波为第二载波集合中的一个载波,且第一载波与第二载波为不同的载波,第一终端通过两个不同的载波发送第一数据包和第二数据包至第二终端。Here, the first carrier that sends the first data packet is a carrier in the first carrier set, the second carrier that sends the second data packet is a carrier in the second carrier set, and the first carrier is different from the second carrier. carrier, the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through two different carriers.
以第一承载信息中的可用载波集合和所述第二承载信息中的可用载波集合非正交为例,第一载波集合与第二载波集合中包括相同的可用载波。Taking the non-orthogonal set of available carriers in the first bearer information and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information as an example, the first set of carriers and the second set of carriers include the same available carriers.
在一示例中,第一载波集合包括:CC1、CC2和CC3。第一载波集合包括:CC3、CC5。In an example, the first carrier set includes: CC1, CC2 and CC3. The first carrier set includes: CC3 and CC5.
这里,发送第一数据包的第一载波为第一载波集合中的一个载波,发送第二数据包的第二载波为第二载波集合中的一个载波,当第一载波与第二载波为第一载波集合与第二载波集合中相同的载波,第一终端通过一个载波发送第一数据包和第二数据包至第二终端。当第一载波和第二载波为第一载波集合和第二载波集合中不同的载波,第一通过过两个不同的载波发送第一数据包和第二数据包至第二终端。Here, the first carrier that sends the first data packet is a carrier in the first carrier set, and the second carrier that sends the second data packet is a carrier in the second carrier set. When the first carrier and the second carrier are the first carrier A carrier set is the same carrier as the second carrier set, and the first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through one carrier. When the first carrier and the second carrier are different carriers in the first carrier set and the second carrier set, the first data packet and the second data packet are sent to the second terminal through the two different carriers.
在一些实施例中,第一承载信息中的资源池集合和所述第二承载信息中的资源池集合正交。In some embodiments, the resource pool set in the first bearer information is orthogonal to the resource pool set in the second bearer information.
这里,第一承载信息中的资源池集合为第一载波集合中的可用载波对应的资源池集合即第一资源池集合,第一承载信息中的资源池集合为第二载波集合中的可用载波对应的资源池集合即第二资源池集合。第一资源池集合中的资源池即第一资源池用于第一数据包的发送,第二资源池集合中的资源池即第二资源池用于第二数据包的发送。Here, the resource pool set in the first bearer information is the resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier in the first carrier set, that is, the first resource pool set, and the resource pool set in the first bearer information is the available carrier in the second carrier set The corresponding resource pool set is the second resource pool set. The resource pool in the first resource pool set, that is, the first resource pool is used for sending the first data packet, and the resource pool in the second resource pool set, that is, the second resource pool, is used for sending the second data packet.
当第一终端通过第一资源池中的资源发送第一数据包,且通过第二资源池中的资源发送第二数据包,则发送第一数据包的资源与发送第二数据包的资源正交。When the first terminal sends the first data packet through the resources in the first resource pool and sends the second data packet through the resources in the second resource pool, the resources for sending the first data packet and the resources for sending the second data packet are exactly the same pay.
在一些实施例中,所述第一承载配置的配置方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the configuration of the first bearer configuration includes at least one of the following:
当所述第一终端处于第一状态,所述网络设备通过SIB消息发送,所述第一状态为RRC空闲状态或RRC去激活状态;When the first terminal is in a first state, the network device sends a SIB message, and the first state is an RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
当所述第一终端处于第一状态,所述网络设备预配置;When the first terminal is in the first state, the network device is pre-configured;
当所述第一终端处于第二状态,所述网络设备通过专用信令发送,所述第二状态为RRC连接状态。When the first terminal is in the second state, the network device sends it through dedicated signaling, and the second state is an RRC connected state.
在一些实施例中所述方法还包括:In some embodiments the method also includes:
所述网络设备接收所述第二终端设备发送的第四指示信息;所述第二指示信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述第二终端进行第一承载配置的重配。The network device receives fourth indication information sent by the second terminal device; the second indication information is used to instruct the network device to reconfigure the first bearer configuration for the second terminal.
第一终端确定需要激活数据包复制功能的情况下,向第二终端发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述数据包复制功能被激活。第二终端接收到第二指示数据包复制功能被激活的第二指示信息的情况下,向网络设备发送第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述第二终端进行承载配置的重配。When the first terminal determines that the data packet copy function needs to be activated, it sends second indication information to the second terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet copy function is activated. When the second terminal receives the second indication information indicating that the packet copy function is activated, it sends fourth indication information to the network device, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the network device is the second The terminal performs bearer configuration reconfiguration.
网络设备接收到第四指示信息的情况下,基于第一承载配置向第二终端进行承载配置的重配。When the network device receives the fourth indication information, it reconfigures the bearer configuration to the second terminal based on the first bearer configuration.
可选地,在网络设备重配成功的情况下,网络设备向第二终端发送重配的承载配置,第二终端基于接收到的重配的承载配置向第一终端发送指示接受数据包复制功能被激活的反馈信息。Optionally, when the reconfiguration of the network device is successful, the network device sends the reconfigured bearer configuration to the second terminal, and the second terminal sends an indication to the first terminal based on the received reconfigured bearer configuration to accept the packet copy function Activated feedback information.
可选地,在网络设备重配失败的情况下,网络设备向第二终端发送指示重配失败的信息或不向第二终端发送信息,第二终端基于接收到的指示重配失败的信息或在设定时长内未接收到重配的承载配置,向第一终端发送指示拒绝数据包复制功能被激活的反馈信息。Optionally, when the reconfiguration of the network device fails, the network device sends information indicating the reconfiguration failure to the second terminal or does not send information to the second terminal, and the second terminal receives the information indicating the reconfiguration failure or If the reconfigured bearer configuration is not received within the set time period, feedback information indicating that the function of refusing to copy the data packet is activated is sent to the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述网络设备向所述第一终端发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端是否进行SL MAC CE复制。In some embodiments, the network device sends third indication information to the first terminal, where the third indication information is used to indicate whether the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication.
可选地,第一终端接收到的第三指示信息指示第一终端进行SL MAC CE复制的情况下,第一终端进行SL MAC CE复制,得到第一SL MAC CE和第二SL MAC CE,将第一SL MAC CE和第二SL MAC CE发送至第二终端。Optionally, when the third indication information received by the first terminal indicates that the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication, the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication to obtain the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE, and The first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE are sent to the second terminal.
可选地,第一终端接收到的第三指示信息指示第一终端不进行SL MAC CE复制的情况下,第一终端不进行SL MAC CE复制,将第一SL MAC CE发送至第二终端。Optionally, when the third indication information received by the first terminal indicates that the first terminal does not perform SL MAC CE replication, the first terminal does not perform SL MAC CE replication, and sends the first SL MAC CE to the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述方法还包括:所述网络设备向所述第一终端配置第二承载配置,所述第二承载配置用于指示第一SL MAC CE和第二SL MAC CE的传输,所述第一SL MAC CE和所述第二SL MAC CE为所述第一终端进行SL MAC CE复制得到的。In some embodiments, the method further includes: the network device configuring a second bearer configuration to the first terminal, and the second bearer configuration is used to indicate the transmission of the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE , the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE are obtained by duplicating the SL MAC CE of the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述第二承载配置包括:第一发送信息和第二发送信息,所述第一发送信息为对应所述第一SL MAC CE的发送信息,所述第二发送信息为对应所述第二SL MAC CE的发送信息。In some embodiments, the second bearer configuration includes: first sending information and second sending information, the first sending information is sending information corresponding to the first SL MAC CE, and the second sending information is Corresponding to the sending information of the second SL MAC CE.
在一些实施例中,所述发送信息指示以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the sending information indicates at least one of the following:
发送载波集合,所述发送载波集合包括至少一个发送载波;a set of transmit carriers, the set of transmit carriers comprising at least one transmit carrier;
所述发送载波上的可用资源池;an available resource pool on the sending carrier;
逻辑信道。logical channel.
下面,对本申请实施例提供的数据传输方法进行进一步描述。In the following, the data transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application is further described.
终端在PDCP层将数据包进行复制,并通过两个RLC实体将数据包投递到MAC层。The terminal copies the data packet at the PDCP layer, and delivers the data packet to the MAC layer through two RLC entities.
终端在进行数据包复制和数据包的发送中,还可基于以下实例中的一个或多个。When the terminal copies the data packet and sends the data packet, it may also be based on one or more of the following examples.
实例一、基站配置发送终端激活数据包复制功能Example 1. The base station configures the sending terminal to activate the packet copy function
基站会为终端配置辅助信息,辅助信息用于帮助发送终端判断是否需要激活数据包复制功能。The base station configures auxiliary information for the terminal, and the auxiliary information is used to help the sending terminal determine whether to activate the data packet copy function.
若终端处于RRC idle/inactive,该辅助信息可以包含在基站广播的SIB消息,或者预配置消息内,并包含至少包含以下之一:If the terminal is in RRC idle/inactive, the auxiliary information can be included in the SIB message broadcast by the base station, or in the pre-configuration message, and includes at least one of the following:
QoS信息中的可靠性(Reliability)的门限值;The threshold value of reliability (Reliability) in the QoS information;
QoS信息中的Reliability的门限值与资源池的CBR的门限值的组合;A combination of the Reliability threshold in the QoS information and the CBR threshold of the resource pool;
QoS中的Reliability的门限值与单播RSRP的门限值的组合。Combination of the Reliability threshold in QoS and the unicast RSRP threshold.
在一示例中,辅助信息包括Reliability的门限值,发送终端根据自身业务的QoS信息,判断是否激活数据包复制功能(packet duplication)。In an example, the auxiliary information includes a threshold value of Reliability, and the sending terminal judges whether to activate a packet duplication function (packet duplication) according to the QoS information of its own service.
在一示例中,辅助信息包括Reliability的门限值与资源池的CBR的门限值的组合,即Reliability-CBR门限值,发送终端根据自身的QoS信息以及对于资源池的CBR测量信息,判断是否激活packet duplication。In an example, the auxiliary information includes a combination of the Reliability threshold and the CBR threshold of the resource pool, that is, the Reliability-CBR threshold, and the sending terminal judges according to its own QoS information and the CBR measurement information for the resource pool Whether to activate packet duplication.
在一示例中,辅助信息包括Reliability的门限值与单播RSRP的门限值的组合,即Reliability-RSRP门限值,发送终端根据自身的QoS信息以及RSRP测量值,判断是否激活packet duplication。In an example, the auxiliary information includes a combination of the Reliability threshold and the unicast RSRP threshold, that is, the Reliability-RSRP threshold, and the sending terminal determines whether to activate packet duplication according to its own QoS information and the RSRP measurement value.
若终端处于RRC connected时,终端向基站上报sidelinkUEInformation包含自身业务的QoS信息,基站向终端指示是否激活packet duplication基站会为终端配置辅助信息,帮助发送终端判断是否需要激活数据包复制功能,具体地,If the terminal is in RRC connected, the terminal reports to the base station that the sidelinkUEInformation includes the QoS information of its own business, and the base station indicates to the terminal whether to activate packet duplication. The base station will configure auxiliary information for the terminal to help the sending terminal determine whether to activate the packet duplication function. Specifically,
若终端处于RRC idle/inactive时,该辅助信息可以包含在基站广播的SIB消息,或者预配置消息内,并包含至少包含以下之一:If the terminal is in RRC idle/inactive, the auxiliary information can be included in the SIB message broadcast by the base station, or in the pre-configuration message, and include at least one of the following:
QoS中的可靠性Reliability门限值,终端根据自身业务的QoS信息,判断是否激活packet duplicationReliability threshold value in QoS, the terminal judges whether to activate packet duplication according to the QoS information of its own business
QoS中的Reliability与资源池CBR的组合门限值,即Reliability-CBR门限值,终端根据自身的QoS信息以及对于资源池的CBR测量信息,判断是否激活packet duplicationThe combined threshold value of Reliability in QoS and resource pool CBR, that is, the Reliability-CBR threshold value, the terminal determines whether to activate packet duplication according to its own QoS information and the CBR measurement information for the resource pool
QoS中的Reliability与单播RSRP的组合门限值,即Reliability-RSRP门限值,终端根据自身的QoS信息以及RSRP测量值信息,判断是否激活packet duplicationThe combined threshold value of Reliability and unicast RSRP in QoS, that is, the Reliability-RSRP threshold value, the terminal judges whether to activate packet duplication according to its own QoS information and RSRP measurement value information
若终端处于RRC connected,终端向基站上报侧行链路用户设备信息(Sidelink UE Information,SUI)消息,其中,SUI消息中包含自身业务的QoS信息,基站基于接收到的QoS信息向终端指示是否激活packet duplication。If the terminal is in RRC connected, the terminal reports a Sidelink UE Information (SUI) message to the base station, wherein the SUI message contains the QoS information of its own service, and the base station indicates to the terminal whether to activate based on the received QoS information packet duplication.
实例二、基站配置原始数据流承载及复制数据流承载Example 2. The base station configures original data stream bearer and duplicate data stream bearer
原始数据流承载即原始承载为发送原始数据流的承载,复制数据流承载即复制承载为发送复制数据流的承载。The original data stream bearer, that is, the original bearer is a bearer for sending the original data stream, and the duplicate data stream bearer, that is, the duplicate bearer is a bearer for sending the duplicate data stream.
当终端处于RRC idle/inactive状态,基站将原始数据流承载及复制数据流承载同时通过SIB或者预配置消息,配置给发送终端。When the terminal is in the RRC idle/inactive state, the base station configures the bearer of the original data flow and the bearer of the copied data flow to the sending terminal through the SIB or a pre-configuration message at the same time.
当终端处于RRC connected状态,基站将原始数据流承载及复制数据流承载同时通过专用信令,配 置给发送终端。When the terminal is in the RRC connected state, the base station configures the original data flow bearer and the duplicate data flow bearer to the sending terminal through dedicated signaling at the same time.
承载配置(包括针对原始数据流承载的原始承载配置与针对复制数据流承载的复制承载配置)可以包含以下信息至少之一:The bearer configuration (including the original bearer configuration for the original data stream bearer and the duplicate bearer configuration for the duplicate data stream bearer) may include at least one of the following information:
-承载配置ID;- bearer configuration ID;
-RLC层配置;- RLC layer configuration;
-MAC层配置;- MAC layer configuration;
-可用载波列表;对于原始承载与复制承载,该列表可以是正交的也可以是非正交的。- List of available carriers; this list can be orthogonal or non-orthogonal for original and duplicate bearers.
-可用载波对应的资源池集合;对于原始承载与复制承载,该集合只能是正交的。- A resource pool set corresponding to an available carrier; for the original bearer and the duplicate bearer, the set can only be orthogonal.
-承载属性,即当前承载属于原始承载还是复制承载。- bearer attribute, that is, whether the current bearer belongs to the original bearer or the copied bearer.
对于可用载波对应的资源池集合,在一示例中,资源池集合可以配置为:CC1(rp index 0,1,2),CC2(rp index0,1,2),表征可用载波CC1对应的资源池集合中所包括的索引分别为0、1、2的资源池,可用载波CC2对应的资源池集合中所包括的索引分别为0、1、2的资源池。For the resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier, in an example, the resource pool set can be configured as: CC1 (rp index 0, 1, 2), CC2 (rp index 0, 1, 2), representing the resource pool corresponding to the available carrier CC1 The set includes resource pools with indexes 0, 1, and 2 respectively, and the resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier CC2 includes resource pools with indexes 0, 1, and 2 respectively.
额外的,可以考虑基站为发送终端配置原始承载与复制承载地映射关系。Additionally, it may be considered that the base station configures the mapping relationship between the original bearer and the duplicate bearer for the sending terminal.
发送终端接收到承载配置并判断激活packet duplication的情况下,根据QoS信息(可为Reliability)对应地原始承载,以及原始承载与复制承载地映射关系,选择复制承载,并根据承载配置发送原始数据包与复制数据包。When the sending terminal receives the bearer configuration and determines to activate packet duplication, it selects the duplicate bearer according to the original bearer corresponding to the QoS information (which can be Reliability) and the mapping relationship between the original bearer and the duplicate bearer, and sends the original data packet according to the bearer configuration with copy packets.
当发送终端处于RRC connected,发送终端向基站上报SUI(包含业务的QoS信息)、资源池的CBR测量值以及单播业务的RSRP测量信息,由基站基于接收到的信息判断是否为发送终端激活packet duplication,以及承载配置内是否需要包含复制承载的配置信息即复制承载配置。When the sending terminal is in RRC connected, the sending terminal reports the SUI (including the service QoS information), the CBR measurement value of the resource pool and the RSRP measurement information of the unicast service to the base station, and the base station judges whether to activate the packet for the sending terminal based on the received information Duplication, and whether the bearer configuration needs to include the configuration information of the duplicate bearer, that is, the duplicate bearer configuration.
实例三、单播连接场景下,发送终端激活packet duplication后,向接收端发送指示信息Example 3: In the unicast connection scenario, after the sending terminal activates packet duplication, it sends an instruction message to the receiving terminal
在发送端激活packet duplication的情况下,发送端可以向接收端发送packet duplication激活指示信息。When the sending end activates packet duplication, the sending end may send packet duplication activation indication information to the receiving end.
packet duplication激活指示信息可以通过以下方式至少之一进行发送:The packet duplication activation indication information can be sent in at least one of the following ways:
-PC5-RRC;- PC5-RRC;
-SL-MAC CE;-SL-MAC CE;
-侧行链路控制信息((sidelink control information,SCI))。- sidelink control information (sidelink control information, SCI)).
当接收端接收到packet duplication激活指示信息后,可选地,可以向发送端发送反馈信息。该反馈信息可以通过以下方式至少之一进行发送:After receiving the packet duplication activation indication information, the receiving end may optionally send feedback information to the sending end. The feedback information can be sent in at least one of the following ways:
-PC5-RRC;- PC5-RRC;
-SL-MAC CE;-SL-MAC CE;
-SCI;-SCI;
-PSFCH;-PSFCH;
当反馈信息通过PSFCH发送时,可携带在HARQ feedback中。When the feedback information is sent through the PSFCH, it can be carried in the HARQ feedback.
实例四、发送终端如何发送SL-MAC CEExample 4: How does the sending terminal send SL-MAC CE
若发送终端对SL-MAC CE进行复制,则基站为终端配置SL-MAC CE复制的发送信息。If the sending terminal copies the SL-MAC CE, the base station configures the sending information of the SL-MAC CE copy for the terminal.
该发送信息包含以下至少之一:The sending information includes at least one of the following:
-原始/复制MAC CE的发送载波列表- Transmit carrier list of original/copy MAC CE
-原始/复制MAC CE的发送载波列表与各个载波上的可用资源池index- Original/duplicate MAC CE transmission carrier list and available resource pool index on each carrier
-原始/复制MAC CE对应的逻辑信号(Logical Channel,LC)ID。-The logical signal (Logical Channel, LC) ID corresponding to the original/copy MAC CE.
若发送终端不对SL-MAC CE进行复制,则发送终端只能将SL-MAC CE与原始或复制数据流复用(multiplex)到一起,及在确定逻辑信道优先级(Logical Channel Prioritization,LCP)时,若需要发送SL-MAC CE,MAC实体只能将SL-MAC CE与承载原始数据流或复制数据流的逻辑信道上的数据进行复用。If the sending terminal does not copy the SL-MAC CE, the sending terminal can only multiplex the SL-MAC CE with the original or copied data stream, and when determining the logical channel priority (Logical Channel Prioritization, LCP) , if the SL-MAC CE needs to be sent, the MAC entity can only multiplex the SL-MAC CE with the data on the logical channel carrying the original data stream or the duplicate data stream.
实例五、接收终端如何进行HARQ feedback反馈Example 5: How does the receiving terminal perform HARQ feedback feedback
若发送终端激活packet duplication并进行数据包发送时且HARQ feedback激活时,接收端可以通过以下方式至少之一进行HARQ反馈:If the sending terminal activates packet duplication and sends data packets and HARQ feedback is activated, the receiving end can perform HARQ feedback in at least one of the following ways:
-接收端可以在原始数据包与复制数据包分别对应的PSFCH资源上分别对原始数据包与复制数据包分别做HARQ反馈;- The receiving end can separately perform HARQ feedback on the original data packet and the duplicate data packet on PSFCH resources corresponding to the original data packet and the duplicate data packet;
-接收端可以仅在原始数据包对应的PSFCH资源上仅对原始数据包做HARQ反馈;- The receiving end can only perform HARQ feedback on the original data packet on the PSFCH resource corresponding to the original data packet;
-接收端可以仅在原始数据包对应的PSFCH资源上做HARQ反馈,反馈信息可以包含是否正确接受原始数据包,以及是否正确接受复制数据包。- The receiving end can only perform HARQ feedback on the PSFCH resource corresponding to the original data packet, and the feedback information can include whether the original data packet is correctly received and whether the duplicate data packet is correctly received.
在实例三中,可选地,当接收端正确接收到发送端的packet duplication指示信息时,接收端需要向 基站上报以获得承载重配。In Example 3, optionally, when the receiving end correctly receives the packet duplication indication information from the sending end, the receiving end needs to report to the base station to obtain bearer reconfiguration.
可选地,如果基站重配失败,接收端可以向发送端反馈拒绝packet duplication激活。Optionally, if the reconfiguration of the base station fails, the receiving end may feed back to the sending end the denial of packet duplication activation.
本申请实施例中提供的数据传输方法,能够解决在多载波机制下发送终端如何进行数据包复制传输,提高数据传输的可靠性。The data transmission method provided in the embodiment of the present application can solve how the transmitting terminal performs data packet copy transmission under the multi-carrier mechanism, and improves the reliability of data transmission.
以上结合附图详细描述了本申请的优选实施方式,但是,本申请并不限于上述实施方式中的具体细节,在本申请的技术构思范围内,可以对本申请的技术方案进行多种简单变型,这些简单变型均属于本申请的保护范围。例如,在上述具体实施方式中所描述的各个具体技术特征,在不矛盾的情况下,可以通过任何合适的方式进行组合,为了避免不必要的重复,本申请对各种可能的组合方式不再另行说明。又例如,本申请的各种不同的实施方式之间也可以进行任意组合,只要其不违背本申请的思想,其同样应当视为本申请所公开的内容。又例如,在不冲突的前提下,本申请描述的各个实施例和/或各个实施例中的技术特征可以和现有技术任意的相互组合,组合之后得到的技术方案也应落入本申请的保护范围。The preferred embodiments of the present application have been described in detail above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. However, the present application is not limited to the specific details in the above embodiments. Within the scope of the technical concept of the present application, various simple modifications can be made to the technical solutions of the present application. These simple modifications all belong to the protection scope of the present application. For example, the various specific technical features described in the above specific implementation manners can be combined in any suitable manner if there is no contradiction. Separately. As another example, any combination of various implementations of the present application can also be made, as long as they do not violate the idea of the present application, they should also be regarded as the content disclosed in the present application. For another example, on the premise of no conflict, the various embodiments described in this application and/or the technical features in each embodiment can be combined with the prior art arbitrarily, and the technical solutions obtained after the combination should also fall within the scope of this application. protected range.
还应理解,在本申请的各种方法实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。此外,在本申请实施例中,术语“下行”、“上行”和“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向,其中,“下行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从站点发送至小区的用户设备的第一方向,“上行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从小区的用户设备发送至站点的第二方向,“侧行”用于表示信号或数据的传输方向为从用户设备1发送至用户设备2的第三方向。例如,“下行信号”表示该信号的传输方向为第一方向。另外,本申请实施例中,术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系。具体地,A和/或B可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。It should also be understood that in the various method embodiments of the present application, the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in this application. The implementation of the examples constitutes no limitation. In addition, in this embodiment of the application, the terms "downlink", "uplink" and "sidelink" are used to indicate the transmission direction of signals or data, wherein "downlink" is used to indicate that the transmission direction of signals or data is sent from the station The first direction to the user equipment in the cell, "uplink" is used to indicate that the signal or data transmission direction is the second direction sent from the user equipment in the cell to the station, and "side line" is used to indicate that the signal or data transmission direction is A third direction sent from UE1 to UE2. For example, "downlink signal" indicates that the transmission direction of the signal is the first direction. In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, the term "and/or" is only an association relationship describing associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships. Specifically, A and/or B may mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship.
图7是本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置的结构组成示意图一,应用于第一终端,如图7所示,所述数据传输装置700包括:Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of the first structural composition of the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application, which is applied to the first terminal. As shown in Fig. 7, the data transmission device 700 includes:
第一复制单元701,配置为进行数据包复制,得到第一数据包和第二数据包;The first copying unit 701 is configured to copy a data packet to obtain a first data packet and a second data packet;
第一发送单元702,配置为所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包通过侧行链路SL发送给第二终端,所述第一数据包通过第一载波发送,所述第二数据包通过第二载波发送,所述第一载波与所述第二载波相同或不同。The first sending unit 702 is configured to send the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through the side link SL, the first data packet is sent through the first carrier, and the second data packet The packets are sent over a second carrier, the first carrier being the same as or different from the second carrier.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端进行数据包复制的条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the conditions for the first terminal to perform packet duplication include at least one of the following:
数据包复制功能被激活;The packet copy function is activated;
配置有第一承载配置,所述第一承载配置用于指示第一承载和/或第二承载,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载;A first bearer configuration is configured, and the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and/or a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, and the second bearer is for sending the The bearer of the second data packet;
发送第一服务质量QoS信息,所述第一QoS信息具有高可靠性要求。Sending first quality of service (QoS) information, where the first QoS information has a high reliability requirement.
在一些实施例中,所述数据包复制功能被激活的方式包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the manner in which the packet copy function is activated includes one of the following:
所述第一终端处于第一状态,且第一信息满足激活条件;所述第一状态为无线资源控制RRC空闲状态或RRC去激活状态;The first terminal is in a first state, and the first information satisfies an activation condition; the first state is a radio resource control RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
所述第一终端处于第二状态,接收到网络设备的第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能,所述第二状态为RRC连接状态。The first terminal is in a second state and receives first indication information from a network device; the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function, and the second state is RRC connection state.
在一些实施例中,装置700还包括:In some embodiments, device 700 also includes:
第一判断单元,配置为基于所述第一信息和第二信息,判断所述第一信息是否满足所述激活条件,所述第二信息为所述第一信息对应的门限值。The first judging unit is configured to judge whether the first information satisfies the activation condition based on the first information and second information, where the second information is a threshold value corresponding to the first information.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the first information includes one of the following:
可靠性、信道忙碌率CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP。Reliability, channel busy rate CBR, reference signal received power RSRP.
在一些实施例中,所述激活条件包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the activation condition includes at least one of the following:
可靠性小于可靠性门限值;The reliability is less than the reliability threshold;
信道忙碌率大于信道忙碌率门限值;The channel busy rate is greater than the channel busy rate threshold;
RSRP小于RSRP门限值。RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息的配置方式包括:In some embodiments, the configuration of the second information includes:
所述网络设备通过第一消息为所述第一终端配置。The network device configures the first terminal through the first message.
在一些实施例中,所述第一消息包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the first message includes one of the following:
所述网络设备广播的系统信息块SIB消息;A system information block SIB message broadcast by the network device;
所述网络设备发送的预配置消息。A pre-configuration message sent by the network device.
在一些实施例中,第一发送单元702,还配置为:In some embodiments, the first sending unit 702 is further configured to:
在所述第一终端接收到网络设备发送的第一指示信息之前,向所述网络设备发送第二QoS信息,所述第二QoS信息用于所述网络设备确定所述第一指示信息。Before the first terminal receives the first indication information sent by the network device, send second QoS information to the network device, where the second QoS information is used by the network device to determine the first indication information.
在一些实施例中,所述第二QoS信息还用于所述网络设备判断是否需要给所述第一终端配置第二承载信息,所述第二承载信息用于指示第二承载,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载。In some embodiments, the second QoS information is also used by the network device to determine whether second bearer information needs to be configured for the first terminal, the second bearer information is used to indicate a second bearer, and the first The second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet.
在一些实施例中,装置700还包括:In some embodiments, device 700 also includes:
第一接收单元,配置为接收网络设备配置的第一承载配置,所述第一承载配置用于指示第一承载和第二承载,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载。The first receiving unit is configured to receive a first bearer configuration configured by a network device, the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, The second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet.
在一些实施例中,所述第一承载配置包括承载信息,所述承载信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first bearer configuration includes bearer information, and the bearer information includes at least one of the following:
承载标识;Bearer ID;
无线链路控制RLC层配置;Radio link control RLC layer configuration;
媒体接入控制MAC层配置;Media access control MAC layer configuration;
可用载波信息,所述可用载波信息指示可用载波集合,所述可用载波集合包括至少一个可用载波;available carrier information, the available carrier information indicating a set of available carriers, the set of available carriers including at least one available carrier;
第一资源池信息,所述第一资源池信息指示所述可用载波对应的资源池集合,所述资源池集合包括至少一个资源池;First resource pool information, where the first resource pool information indicates a resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier, and the resource pool set includes at least one resource pool;
承载属性,所述承载属性用于表征所述承载信息为第一承载信息或第二承载信息,所述第一承载信息用于指示所述第一承载,所述第二承载信息用于指示所述第二承载。a bearer attribute, the bearer attribute is used to indicate that the bearer information is first bearer information or second bearer information, the first bearer information is used to indicate the first bearer, and the second bearer information is used to indicate the Describe the second bearer.
在一些实施例中,第一承载信息中的可用载波集合和所述第二承载信息中的可用载波集合正交或非正交;和/或In some embodiments, the set of available carriers in the first bearer information and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information are orthogonal or non-orthogonal; and/or
第一承载信息中的资源池集合和所述第二承载信息中的资源池集合正交。The resource pool set in the first bearer information is orthogonal to the resource pool set in the second bearer information.
在一些实施例中,所述第一承载配置的配置方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the configuration of the first bearer configuration includes at least one of the following:
当所述第一终端处于第一状态,所述网络设备通过SIB消息发送,所述第一状态为RRC空闲状态或RRC去激活状态;When the first terminal is in a first state, the network device sends a SIB message, and the first state is an RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
当所述第一终端处于第一状态,所述网络设备预配置;When the first terminal is in the first state, the network device is pre-configured;
当所述第一终端处于第二状态,所述网络设备通过专用信令发送,所述第二状态为RRC连接状态。When the first terminal is in the second state, the network device sends it through dedicated signaling, and the second state is an RRC connection state.
在一些实施例中,装置700还包括:第一确定单元,配置为:In some embodiments, the device 700 further includes: a first determination unit configured to:
根据可靠性,确定所述第一承载;determining the first bearer according to reliability;
根据第一映射关系,确定所述第二承载,所述第一映射关系为所述第一承载与所述第二承载之间的映射关系。Determine the second bearer according to a first mapping relationship, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the first bearer and the second bearer.
在一些实施例中,所述第一映射关系为所述网络设备配置的。In some embodiments, the first mapping relationship is configured by the network device.
在一些实施例中,第一发送单元702,还配置为:In some embodiments, the first sending unit 702 is further configured to:
向所述第二终端发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述数据包复制功能被激活或被去激活。Sending second indication information to the second terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet copy function is activated or deactivated.
在一些实施例中,所述第二指示信息的传输方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the transmission manner of the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
通过PC5RRC传输;Transmission via PC5RRC;
通过侧行链路SL-MAC CE传输;Transmission via sidelink SL-MAC CE;
通过侧行链路控制信息SCI传输。Transmission of control information SCI via the sidelink.
在一些实施例中,所述第二指示信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
激活/去激活指示;Activation/deactivation indication;
第一承载的标识,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载;An identifier of a first bearer, where the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet;
第二承载的标识,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载;An identifier of a second bearer, where the second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet;
所述第一载波的标识;an identification of the first carrier;
所述第二载波的标识。The identity of the second carrier.
在一些实施例中,第一发送单元701,还配置为向所述第二终端发送第一承载配置,所述第一承载配置用于指示第一承载和第二承载,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载。In some embodiments, the first sending unit 701 is further configured to send a first bearer configuration to the second terminal, where the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and a second bearer, and the first bearer is A bearer for sending the first data packet, and the second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet.
在一些实施例中,装置700还包括:In some embodiments, device 700 also includes:
第二接收单元,配置为接收所述第二终端发送的响应所述第二指示信息的反馈信息。The second receiving unit is configured to receive feedback information sent by the second terminal in response to the second indication information.
在一些实施例中,所述反馈信息的传输方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the transmission manner of the feedback information includes at least one of the following:
通过PC5RRC传输;Transmission via PC5RRC;
通过SL-MAC CE传输;Transmission via SL-MAC CE;
通过SCI传输;Transmission via SCI;
通过物理侧行链路反馈信道PSFCH传输。Transmission over the Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel PSFCH.
在一些实施例中,所述反馈信息指示所述第二终端接受或拒绝所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能。In some embodiments, the feedback information instructs the second terminal to accept or reject the activation of the data packet copy function by the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,装置700还包括:第三接收单元,配置为接收所述网络设备发送的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端是否进行SL MAC CE复制。In some embodiments, the apparatus 700 further includes: a third receiving unit configured to receive third indication information sent by the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate whether the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication .
在一些实施例中,在所述第三指示信息指示所述第一终端不进行SL MAC CE复制的情况下,所述方法还包括:In some embodiments, when the third indication information indicates that the first terminal does not perform SL MAC CE replication, the method further includes:
所述第一终端发送所述第一SL MAC CE至所述第二终端。The first terminal sends the first SL MAC CE to the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,第一SL MAC CE与所述第一数据包的数据或所述第二数据包的数据进行复用。In some embodiments, the first SL MAC CE is multiplexed with the data of the first data packet or the data of the second data packet.
在一些实施例中,所述第一SL MAC CE复用第一逻辑信道进行传输,所述第一逻辑信道为传输所述第一数据包或所述第二数据包的信道。In some embodiments, the first SL MAC CE multiplexes a first logical channel for transmission, and the first logical channel is a channel for transmitting the first data packet or the second data packet.
在一些实施例中,装置700还包括:In some embodiments, device 700 also includes:
第二复制单元,配置为在所述第三指示信息指示所述第一终端进行SL MAC CE复制的情况下,进行SL MAC CE复制,得到第一SL MAC CE和第二SL MAC CE;The second replication unit is configured to perform SL MAC CE replication to obtain the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE when the third indication information indicates that the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication;
第一发送单元702,配置为将所述第一SL MAC CE和所述第二SL MAC CE发送至第二终端。The first sending unit 702 is configured to send the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE to the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一SL MAC CE和所述第二SL MAC CE基于第二承载配置传输。In some embodiments, the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE are transmitted based on a second bearer configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第二承载配置为网络设备配置的。In some embodiments, the second bearer configuration is configured by a network device.
在一些实施例中,所述第二承载配置包括:第一发送信息和第二发送信息,所述第一发送信息为对应所述第一SL MAC CE的发送信息,所述第二发送信息为对应所述第二SL MAC CE的发送信息。In some embodiments, the second bearer configuration includes: first sending information and second sending information, the first sending information is sending information corresponding to the first SL MAC CE, and the second sending information is Corresponding to the sending information of the second SL MAC CE.
在一些实施例中,所述发送信息指示以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the sending information indicates at least one of the following:
发送载波集合,所述发送载波集合包括至少一个发送载波;a set of transmit carriers, the set of transmit carriers comprising at least one transmit carrier;
所述发送载波上的可用资源池;an available resource pool on the sending carrier;
逻辑信道。logical channel.
在一些实施例中,装置700还包括:In some embodiments, device 700 also includes:
第四接收单元,配置为在混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈激活的情况下,接收所述第二终端发送的HARQ反馈。The fourth receiving unit is configured to receive the HARQ feedback sent by the second terminal when the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback is activated.
所述HARQ反馈的接收方式包括以下至少之一:The receiving manner of the HARQ feedback includes at least one of the following:
在第一资源上接收第一HARQ反馈,且在第二资源上接收第二HARQ反馈,所述第一资源为所述第一数据包对应的反馈资源,所述第一HARQ反馈为针对所述第一数据包的HARQ反馈,所述第二资源为所述第二数据包对应的反馈资源,所述第二HARQ反馈为针对所述第二数据包的HARQ反馈;Receive the first HARQ feedback on the first resource, and receive the second HARQ feedback on the second resource, the first resource is the feedback resource corresponding to the first data packet, and the first HARQ feedback is for the HARQ feedback of the first data packet, the second resource is a feedback resource corresponding to the second data packet, and the second HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the second data packet;
在第一资源上接收第一HARQ反馈;receiving a first HARQ feedback on a first resource;
在第一资源上接收第三HARQ反馈,所述第三HARQ反馈为针对所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包的HARQ反馈。receiving third HARQ feedback on the first resource, the third HARQ feedback being HARQ feedback for the first data packet and the second data packet.
图8是本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置的结构组成示意图,应用于第二终端,如图8所示,所述数据传输装置800包括:FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of the structure and composition of the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application, which is applied to the second terminal. As shown in FIG. 8, the data transmission device 800 includes:
第五接收单元801,配置为通过侧行链路SL接收第一终端发送的第一数据包和第二数据包;所述第一数据包和第二数据包为所述第一终端进行数据包复制得到的;所述第一数据包通过第一载波接收,所述第二数据包通过第二载波接收,所述第一载波与所述第二载波相同或不同。The fifth receiving unit 801 is configured to receive the first data packet and the second data packet sent by the first terminal through the side link SL; the first data packet and the second data packet are data packets for the first terminal Obtained by copying: the first data packet is received through a first carrier, the second data packet is received through a second carrier, and the first carrier is the same as or different from the second carrier.
在一些实施例中,第五接收单元801,还配置为接收所述第一终端发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述数据包复制功能被激活或被去激活。In some embodiments, the fifth receiving unit 801 is further configured to receive second indication information sent by the first terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet copy function is activated or deactivated.
在一些实施例中,所述第二指示信息的传输方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the transmission manner of the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
通过PC5RRC传输;Transmission via PC5RRC;
通过侧行链路SL-MAC CE传输;Transmission via sidelink SL-MAC CE;
通过侧行链路控制信息SCI传输。Transmission of control information SCI via the sidelink.
在一些实施例中,所述第二指示信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
激活/去激活指示;Activation/deactivation indication;
第一承载的标识,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载;An identifier of a first bearer, where the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet;
第二承载的标识,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载;An identifier of a second bearer, where the second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet;
所述第一载波的标识;an identification of the first carrier;
所述第二载波的标识。The identity of the second carrier.
在一些实施例中,装置800还包括:第二发送单元,配置为在所述第二指示信息指示所述数据包复制功能被激活的情况下,接收所述第一终端发送的第一承载配置;所述第一承载配置为网络设备为所述第一终端设备配置的,所述第一承载配置用于指示第一承载和第二承载,所述第一承载用于传输所述第 一数据包,所述第二承载用于传输或所述第二数据包。In some embodiments, the apparatus 800 further includes: a second sending unit configured to receive the first bearer configuration sent by the first terminal when the second indication information indicates that the data packet copy function is activated ; The first bearer configuration is configured by the network device for the first terminal device, the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and a second bearer, and the first bearer is used to transmit the first data packet, the second bearer is used for transmission or the second data packet.
在一些实施例中,所述第一承载配置包括承载信息,所述承载信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first bearer configuration includes bearer information, and the bearer information includes at least one of the following:
承载标识;Bearer ID;
无线链路控制RLC层配置;Radio link control RLC layer configuration;
媒体接入控制MAC层配置;Media access control MAC layer configuration;
可用载波信息,所述可用载波信息指示可用载波集合,所述可用载波集合包括至少一个可用载波;available carrier information, the available carrier information indicating a set of available carriers, the set of available carriers including at least one available carrier;
第一资源池信息,所述第一资源池信息指示所述可用载波对应的资源池集合,所述资源池集合包括至少一个资源池;First resource pool information, where the first resource pool information indicates a resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier, and the resource pool set includes at least one resource pool;
承载属性,所述承载属性用于表征所述承载信息为第一承载信息或第二承载信息,所述第一承载信息用于指示所述第一承载,所述第二承载信息用于指示所述第二承载。a bearer attribute, the bearer attribute is used to indicate that the bearer information is first bearer information or second bearer information, the first bearer information is used to indicate the first bearer, and the second bearer information is used to indicate the Describe the second bearer.
在一些实施例中,第一承载信息中的可用载波集合和所述第二承载信息中的可用载波集合正交或非正交;和/或In some embodiments, the set of available carriers in the first bearer information and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information are orthogonal or non-orthogonal; and/or
第一承载信息中的资源池集合和所述第二承载信息中的资源池集合正交。The resource pool set in the first bearer information is orthogonal to the resource pool set in the second bearer information.
在一些实施例中,第二发送单元,配置为向所述第一终端发送响应所述第二指示信息的反馈信息。In some embodiments, the second sending unit is configured to send feedback information in response to the second indication information to the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述反馈信息的传输方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the transmission manner of the feedback information includes at least one of the following:
通过PC5RRC传输;Transmission via PC5RRC;
通过SL-MAC CE传输;Transmission via SL-MAC CE;
通过SCI传输;Transmission via SCI;
通过物理侧行链路反馈信道PSFCH传输。Transmission over the Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel PSFCH.
在一些实施例中,所述反馈信息指示所述第二终端接受或拒绝所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能。In some embodiments, the feedback information instructs the second terminal to accept or reject the activation of the data packet copy function by the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,第五接收单元801,配置为在接收所述第二指示信息的情况下,向网络设备上报第四指示信息;所述第四指示信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述第二终端进行承载配置的重配。In some embodiments, the fifth receiving unit 801 is configured to report fourth indication information to the network device when receiving the second indication information; the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the network device is the The second terminal performs bearer configuration reconfiguration.
在一些实施例中,在所述网络设备重配失败的情况下,所述反馈信息指示所述第二终端拒绝所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能。In some embodiments, when the reconfiguration of the network device fails, the feedback information indicates that the second terminal refuses the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function.
在一些实施例中,第五接收单元801,还配置为接收所述第一终端发送的SL-MAC CE。In some embodiments, the fifth receiving unit 801 is further configured to receive the SL-MAC CE sent by the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端发送的SL-MAC CE包括:第一SL-MAC CE。In some embodiments, the SL-MAC CE sent by the first terminal includes: a first SL-MAC CE.
在一些实施例中,所述第一SL MAC CE与所述第一数据包的数据或所述第二数据包的数据进行复用。In some embodiments, the first SL MAC CE is multiplexed with the data of the first data packet or the data of the second data packet.
在一些实施例中,所述第一SL MAC CE复用第一逻辑信道进行发送,所述第一逻辑信道为传输所述第一数据包或所述第二数据包的信道。In some embodiments, the first SL MAC CE multiplexes a first logical channel for sending, and the first logical channel is a channel for transmitting the first data packet or the second data packet.
在一些实施例中,所述第一终端发送的SL-MAC CE包括:第一SL-MAC CE和第二SL-MAC CE,所述第一SL-MAC CE和所述第二SL-MAC CE是所述第一终端通过SL-MAC CE的复制得到的。In some embodiments, the SL-MAC CE sent by the first terminal includes: the first SL-MAC CE and the second SL-MAC CE, the first SL-MAC CE and the second SL-MAC CE It is obtained by the first terminal through duplication of the SL-MAC CE.
在一些实施例中,所述第一SL MAC CE和所述第二SL MAC CE基于第二承载配置传输。In some embodiments, the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE are transmitted based on a second bearer configuration.
在一些实施例中,所述第二承载配置包括:第一发送信息和第二发送信息,所述第一发送信息为对应所述第一SL MAC CE的发送信息,所述第二发送信息为对应所述第二SL MAC CE的发送信息。In some embodiments, the second bearer configuration includes: first sending information and second sending information, the first sending information is sending information corresponding to the first SL MAC CE, and the second sending information is Corresponding to the sending information of the second SL MAC CE.
在一些实施例中,所述发送信息指示以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the sending information indicates at least one of the following:
发送载波集合,所述发送载波集合包括至少一个发送载波;a set of transmit carriers, the set of transmit carriers comprising at least one transmit carrier;
所述发送载波上的可用资源池;an available resource pool on the sending carrier;
逻辑信道。logical channel.
在一些实施例中,装置800还包括:第三发送模块,配置为在混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈激活的情况下,发送HARQ反馈至所述第一终端。In some embodiments, the apparatus 800 further includes: a third sending module configured to send the HARQ feedback to the first terminal when the HARQ feedback is activated.
在一些实施例中,所述HARQ反馈的传输方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the transmission mode of the HARQ feedback includes at least one of the following:
在第一资源上传输第一HARQ反馈,且在第二资源上传输第二HARQ反馈,所述第一资源为所述第一数据包对应的反馈资源,所述第一HARQ反馈为针对所述第一数据包的HARQ反馈,所述第二资源为所述第二数据包对应的反馈资源,所述第二HARQ反馈为针对所述第二数据包的HARQ反馈;The first HARQ feedback is transmitted on the first resource, and the second HARQ feedback is transmitted on the second resource, the first resource is the feedback resource corresponding to the first data packet, and the first HARQ feedback is for the HARQ feedback of the first data packet, the second resource is a feedback resource corresponding to the second data packet, and the second HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the second data packet;
在第一资源上传输第一HARQ反馈;transmitting a first HARQ feedback on a first resource;
在第一资源上传输第三HARQ反馈,所述第三HARQ反馈为针对所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包的HARQ反馈。Transmit third HARQ feedback on the first resource, where the third HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the first data packet and the second data packet.
图9是本申请实施例提供的数据传输装置的结构组成示意图,应用于网络设备,如图9所示,所述数据传输装置900包括:FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the structure and composition of the data transmission device provided by the embodiment of the present application, which is applied to network equipment. As shown in FIG. 9, the data transmission device 900 includes:
第一配置单元,为第一终端配置数据包复制配置,所述数据包复制配置用于所述第一终端的数据包 复制功能,基于所述数据包复制功能得到的第一数据包和第二数据包通过相同或不同的载波发送至第二终端。The first configuration unit configures the data packet copy configuration for the first terminal, the data packet copy configuration is used for the data packet copy function of the first terminal, and the first data packet and the second data packet obtained based on the data packet copy function The data packets are sent to the second terminal via the same or different carriers.
在一些实施例中,所述数据包复制配置包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the packet replication configuration includes at least one of the following:
第二信息,所述第二信息为第一信息对应的门限值,所述第二信息用于所述第一终端判断是否激活所述数据包复制功能;second information, where the second information is a threshold value corresponding to the first information, and the second information is used by the first terminal to determine whether to activate the data packet copy function;
第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能;first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function;
第一承载配置,所述第一承载配置用于指示第一承载和/或第二承载,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载、First bearer configuration, where the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and/or a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, and the second bearer is for sending the second bearer The bearer of the second data packet,
第一映射关系,所述第一映射关系为所述第一承载与所述第二承载之间的映射关系。A first mapping relationship, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the first bearer and the second bearer.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the first information includes one of the following:
可靠性、信道忙碌率CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP。Reliability, channel busy rate CBR, reference signal received power RSRP.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息的配置方式包括:In some embodiments, the configuration of the second information includes:
所述网络设备通过第一消息为所述第一终端配置。The network device configures the first terminal through the first message.
在一些实施例中,所述第一消息包括以下之一:In some embodiments, the first message includes one of the following:
所述网络设备广播的系统信息块SIB消息;A system information block SIB message broadcast by the network device;
所述网络设备发送的预配置消息。A pre-configuration message sent by the network device.
在一些实施例中,装置900还包括:In some embodiments, device 900 also includes:
第五接收单元,配置为接收所述第一终端发送的第二QoS信息,所述第二QoS信息用于确定所述第一指示信息。A fifth receiving unit configured to receive second QoS information sent by the first terminal, where the second QoS information is used to determine the first indication information.
在一些实施例中,所述第二QoS信息还用于所述网络设备判断是否需要给所述第一终端配置所述第一承载配置中的第二承载信息,所述第二承载信息用于指示第二承载。In some embodiments, the second QoS information is also used by the network device to determine whether the second bearer information in the first bearer configuration needs to be configured for the first terminal, and the second bearer information is used for Indicates the second bearer.
在一些实施例中,所述第一承载配置包括承载信息,所述承载信息包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the first bearer configuration includes bearer information, and the bearer information includes at least one of the following:
承载标识;Bearer ID;
无线链路控制RLC层配置;Radio link control RLC layer configuration;
媒体接入控制MAC层配置;Media access control MAC layer configuration;
可用载波信息,所述可用载波信息指示可用载波集合,所述可用载波集合包括至少一个可用载波;available carrier information, the available carrier information indicating a set of available carriers, the set of available carriers including at least one available carrier;
第一资源池信息,所述第一资源池信息指示所述可用载波对应的资源池集合,所述资源池集合包括至少一个资源池;First resource pool information, where the first resource pool information indicates a resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier, and the resource pool set includes at least one resource pool;
承载属性,所述承载属性用于表征所述承载信息为第一承载信息或第二承载信息,所述第一承载信息用于指示所述第一承载,所述第二承载信息用于指示所述第二承载。a bearer attribute, the bearer attribute is used to indicate that the bearer information is first bearer information or second bearer information, the first bearer information is used to indicate the first bearer, and the second bearer information is used to indicate the Describe the second bearer.
在一些实施例中,第一承载信息中的可用载波集合和所述第二承载信息中的可用载波集合正交或非正交;和/或In some embodiments, the set of available carriers in the first bearer information and the set of available carriers in the second bearer information are orthogonal or non-orthogonal; and/or
第一承载信息中的资源池集合和所述第二承载信息中的资源池集合正交。The resource pool set in the first bearer information is orthogonal to the resource pool set in the second bearer information.
在一些实施例中,所述第一承载配置的配置方式包括以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the configuration of the first bearer configuration includes at least one of the following:
当所述第一终端处于第一状态,所述网络设备通过SIB消息发送,所述第一状态为RRC空闲状态或RRC去激活状态;When the first terminal is in a first state, the network device sends a SIB message, and the first state is an RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
当所述第一终端处于第一状态,所述网络设备预配置;When the first terminal is in the first state, the network device is pre-configured;
当所述第一终端处于第二状态,所述网络设备通过专用信令发送,所述第二状态为RRC连接状态。When the first terminal is in the second state, the network device sends it through dedicated signaling, and the second state is an RRC connected state.
在一些实施例中,装置900还包括:In some embodiments, device 900 also includes:
第六接收单元,配置为接收所述第二终端设备发送的第四指示信息;所述第二指示信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述第二终端进行第一承载配置的重配。A sixth receiving unit configured to receive fourth indication information sent by the second terminal device; the second indication information is used to instruct the network device to reconfigure the first bearer configuration for the second terminal.
在一些实施例中,装置900还包括:第四发送单元,配置为向所述第一终端发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端是否进行SL MAC CE复制。In some embodiments, the apparatus 900 further includes: a fourth sending unit configured to send third indication information to the first terminal, where the third indication information is used to indicate whether the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication .
在一些实施例中,装置900还包括:In some embodiments, device 900 also includes:
第二配置单元,配置为向所述第一终端配置第二承载配置,所述第二承载配置用于指示第一SL MAC CE和第二SL MAC CE的传输,所述第一SL MAC CE和所述第二SL MAC CE为所述第一终端进行SL MAC CE复制得到的。The second configuration unit is configured to configure a second bearer configuration to the first terminal, the second bearer configuration is used to indicate the transmission of the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE, the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE The second SL MAC CE is obtained by duplicating the SL MAC CE of the first terminal.
在一些实施例中,所述第二承载配置包括:第一发送信息和第二发送信息,所述第一发送信息为对应所述第一SL MAC CE的发送信息,所述第二发送信息为对应所述第二SL MAC CE的发送信息。In some embodiments, the second bearer configuration includes: first sending information and second sending information, the first sending information is sending information corresponding to the first SL MAC CE, and the second sending information is Corresponding to the sending information of the second SL MAC CE.
在一些实施例中,所述发送信息指示以下至少之一:In some embodiments, the sending information indicates at least one of the following:
发送载波集合,所述发送载波集合包括至少一个发送载波;a set of transmit carriers, the set of transmit carriers comprising at least one transmit carrier;
所述发送载波上的可用资源池;an available resource pool on the sending carrier;
逻辑信道。logical channel.
本领域技术人员应当理解,本申请实施例的上述数据传输装置的相关描述可以参照本申请实施例的数据传输方法的相关描述进行理解。Those skilled in the art should understand that the relevant description of the data transmission apparatus in the embodiment of the present application can be understood with reference to the relevant description of the data transmission method in the embodiment of the present application.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备1000示意性结构图。该通信设备可以终端设备(第一终端或第二终端)。图10所示的通信设备1000包括处理器1010,处理器1010可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Fig. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device may be a terminal device (first terminal or second terminal). The communication device 1000 shown in FIG. 10 includes a processor 1010, and the processor 1010 can invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,如图10所示,通信设备1000还可以包括存储器1020。其中,处理器1010可以从存储器1020中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 10 , the communication device 1000 may further include a memory 1020 . Wherein, the processor 1010 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 1020, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,存储器1020可以是独立于处理器1010的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器1010中。Wherein, the memory 1020 may be an independent device independent of the processor 1010 , or may be integrated in the processor 1010 .
可选地,如图10所示,通信设备1000还可以包括收发器1030,处理器1010可以控制该收发器1030与其他设备进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备发送信息或数据,或接收其他设备发送的信息或数据。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 10, the communication device 1000 may further include a transceiver 1030, and the processor 1010 may control the transceiver 1030 to communicate with other devices, specifically, to send information or data to other devices, or receive other Information or data sent by the device.
其中,收发器1030可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器1030还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。Wherein, the transceiver 1030 may include a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver 1030 may further include antennas, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
可选地,该通信设备1000具体可为本申请实施例的网络设备,并且该通信设备1000可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the communication device 1000 may specifically be the network device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here. .
可选地,该通信设备1000具体可为本申请实施例的移动终端/终端设备,并且该通信设备1000可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the communication device 1000 may specifically be the mobile terminal/terminal device of the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device 1000 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in each method of the embodiment of the present application, for the sake of brevity , which will not be repeated here.
图11是本申请实施例的芯片的示意性结构图。图11所示的芯片1100包括处理器1110,处理器1110可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip according to an embodiment of the present application. The chip 1100 shown in FIG. 11 includes a processor 1110, and the processor 1110 can call and run a computer program from a memory, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,如图11所示,芯片1100还可以包括存储器1120。其中,处理器1110可以从存储器1120中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 11 , the chip 1100 may further include a memory 1120 . Wherein, the processor 1110 can invoke and run a computer program from the memory 1120, so as to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,存储器1120可以是独立于处理器1110的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器1110中。Wherein, the memory 1120 may be an independent device independent of the processor 1110 , or may be integrated in the processor 1110 .
可选地,该芯片1100还可以包括输入接口1130。其中,处理器1110可以控制该输入接口1130与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以获取其他设备或芯片发送的信息或数据。Optionally, the chip 1100 may also include an input interface 1130 . Wherein, the processor 1110 can control the input interface 1130 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can obtain information or data sent by other devices or chips.
可选地,该芯片1100还可以包括输出接口1140。其中,处理器1110可以控制该输出接口1140与其他设备或芯片进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备或芯片输出信息或数据。Optionally, the chip 1100 may also include an output interface 1140 . Wherein, the processor 1110 can control the output interface 1140 to communicate with other devices or chips, specifically, can output information or data to other devices or chips.
可选地,该芯片可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,并且该芯片可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the chip can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the chip can implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application. For the sake of brevity, here No longer.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-a-chip, or a system-on-a-chip.
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统1200的示意性框图。如图12所示,该通信系统1200包括终端设备1210和网络设备1220。Fig. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication system 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the communication system 1200 includes a terminal device 1210 and a network device 1220 .
其中,该终端设备1210可以用于实现上述方法中由终端设备实现的相应的功能,以及该网络设备1220可以用于实现上述方法中由网络设备实现的相应的功能为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the terminal device 1210 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the terminal device in the above method, and the network device 1220 can be used to realize the corresponding functions realized by the network device in the above method. .
应理解,本申请实施例的处理器可能是一种集成电路芯片,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法实施例的各步骤可以通过处理器中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。上述的处理器可以是通用处理器、数字信号处理器(Digital Signal Processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件。可以实现或者执行本申请实施例中的公开的各方法、步骤及逻辑框图。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。结合本申请实施例所公开的方法的步骤可以直接体现为硬件译码处理器执行完成,或者用译码处理器中的硬件及软件模块组合执行完成。软件模块可以位于随机存储器,闪存、只读存储器,可编程只读存储器或者电可擦写可编程存储器、寄存器等本领域成熟的存储介质中。该存储介质位于存储器,处理器读取存储器中的信息,结合其硬件完成上述方法的步骤。It should be understood that the processor in the embodiment of the present application may be an integrated circuit chip, which has a signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above-mentioned method embodiment may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in a processor or an instruction in the form of software. The above-mentioned processor can be a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (Digital Signal Processor, DSP), an application-specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), an off-the-shelf programmable gate array (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA) or other available Program logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components. Various methods, steps, and logic block diagrams disclosed in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented or executed. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like. The steps of the method disclosed in connection with the embodiments of the present application may be directly implemented by a hardware decoding processor, or implemented by a combination of hardware and software modules in the decoding processor. The software module can be located in a mature storage medium in the field such as random access memory, flash memory, read-only memory, programmable read-only memory or electrically erasable programmable memory, register. The storage medium is located in the memory, and the processor reads the information in the memory, and completes the steps of the above method in combination with its hardware.
可以理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(Electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(Static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(Dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(Synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(Double Data Rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(Synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)。应注意,本文描述的系统和方法的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It can be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a nonvolatile memory, or may include both volatile and nonvolatile memories. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically programmable Erase Programmable Read-Only Memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or Flash. The volatile memory can be Random Access Memory (RAM), which acts as external cache memory. By way of illustration and not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as Static Random Access Memory (Static RAM, SRAM), Dynamic Random Access Memory (Dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory (Synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (Double Data Rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (Enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (Synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM ) and Direct Memory Bus Random Access Memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM). It should be noted that the memory of the systems and methods described herein is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
应理解,上述存储器为示例性但不是限制性说明,例如,本申请实施例中的存储器还可以是静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synch link DRAM,SLDRAM)以及直接内存总线随机存取存储器(Direct Rambus RAM,DR RAM)等等。也就是说,本申请实施例中的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be understood that the above-mentioned memory is illustrative but not restrictive. For example, the memory in the embodiment of the present application may also be a static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), a dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), Synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection Dynamic random access memory (synch link DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (Direct Rambus RAM, DR RAM), etc. That is, the memory in the embodiments of the present application is intended to include, but not be limited to, these and any other suitable types of memory.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer programs.
可选的,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的网络设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由网络设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the network device in the embodiment of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding process implemented by the network device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, here No longer.
可选地,该计算机可读存储介质可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,并且该计算机程序使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer-readable storage medium can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program enables the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the various methods of the embodiments of the present application , for the sake of brevity, it is not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program product, including computer program instructions.
可选地,该计算机程序产品可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,并且该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program product can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiments of the present application, and the computer program instructions cause the computer to execute the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device in the methods of the embodiments of the present application, For the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program.
可选地,该计算机程序可应用于本申请实施例中的移动终端/终端设备,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动终端/终端设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the computer program can be applied to the mobile terminal/terminal device in the embodiment of the present application. When the computer program is run on the computer, the computer executes each method in the embodiment of the present application to be implemented by the mobile terminal/terminal device For the sake of brevity, the corresponding process will not be repeated here.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,)ROM、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory,) ROM, random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc, etc., which can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (89)

  1. 一种数据传输方法,所述方法包括:A data transmission method, the method comprising:
    第一终端进行数据包复制,得到第一数据包和第二数据包;The first terminal copies the data packet to obtain the first data packet and the second data packet;
    所述第一终端将所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包通过侧行链路SL发送给第二终端,所述第一数据包通过第一载波发送,所述第二数据包通过第二载波发送,所述第一载波与所述第二载波相同或不同。The first terminal sends the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through the side link SL, the first data packet is sent through the first carrier, and the second data packet is transmitted through the The second carrier transmits, and the first carrier is the same as or different from the second carrier.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一终端进行数据包复制的条件包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 1, wherein the conditions for the first terminal to perform packet duplication include at least one of the following:
    数据包复制功能被激活;The packet copy function is activated;
    配置有第一承载配置,所述第一承载配置用于指示第一承载和/或第二承载,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载;A first bearer configuration is configured, and the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and/or a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, and the second bearer is for sending the The bearer of the second data packet;
    发送第一服务质量QoS信息,所述第一QoS信息具有高可靠性要求。Sending first quality of service (QoS) information, where the first QoS information has a high reliability requirement.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述数据包复制功能被激活的方式包括以下之一:The method according to claim 2, wherein the manner in which the packet duplication function is activated comprises one of the following:
    所述第一终端处于第一状态,且第一信息满足激活条件;所述第一状态为无线资源控制RRC空闲状态或RRC去激活状态;The first terminal is in a first state, and the first information satisfies an activation condition; the first state is a radio resource control RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
    所述第一终端处于第二状态,接收到网络设备的第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能,所述第二状态为RRC连接状态。The first terminal is in a second state and receives first indication information from a network device; the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function, and the second state is RRC connection state.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端基于所述第一信息和第二信息,判断所述第一信息是否满足所述激活条件,所述第二信息为所述第一信息对应的门限值。The first terminal determines whether the first information satisfies the activation condition based on the first information and second information, where the second information is a threshold value corresponding to the first information.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括以下之一:The method according to claim 4, wherein the first information includes one of the following:
    可靠性、信道忙碌率CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP。Reliability, channel busy rate CBR, reference signal received power RSRP.
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法,其中,所述激活条件包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the activation condition includes at least one of the following:
    可靠性小于可靠性门限值;The reliability is less than the reliability threshold;
    信道忙碌率大于信道忙碌率门限值;The channel busy rate is greater than the channel busy rate threshold;
    RSRP小于RSRP门限值。RSRP is smaller than the RSRP threshold.
  7. 根据权利要求4至6中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第二信息的配置方式包括:The method according to any one of claims 4 to 6, wherein the configuration of the second information includes:
    所述网络设备通过第一消息为所述第一终端配置。The network device configures the first terminal through the first message.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,所述第一消息包括以下之一:The method according to claim 7, wherein the first message includes one of the following:
    所述网络设备广播的系统信息块SIB消息;A system information block SIB message broadcast by the network device;
    所述网络设备发送的预配置消息。A pre-configuration message sent by the network device.
  9. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,在所述第一终端接收到网络设备发送的第一指示信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein, before the first terminal receives the first indication information sent by the network device, the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端向所述网络设备发送第二QoS信息,所述第二QoS信息用于所述网络设备确定所述第一指示信息。The first terminal sends second QoS information to the network device, where the second QoS information is used by the network device to determine the first indication information.
  10. 根据权利要求3或9所述的方法,其中,所述第二QoS信息还用于所述网络设备判断是否需要给所述第一终端配置第二承载信息,所述第二承载信息用于指示第二承载,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载。The method according to claim 3 or 9, wherein the second QoS information is also used by the network device to determine whether second bearer information needs to be configured for the first terminal, and the second bearer information is used to indicate A second bearer, where the second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet.
  11. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端接收网络设备配置的第一承载配置,所述第一承载配置用于指示第一承载和第二承载,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载。The first terminal receives a first bearer configuration configured by a network device, the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, and the The second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中,所述第一承载配置包括承载信息,所述承载信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 11, wherein the first bearer configuration includes bearer information, and the bearer information includes at least one of the following:
    承载标识;Bearer ID;
    无线链路控制RLC层配置;Radio link control RLC layer configuration;
    媒体接入控制MAC层配置;Media access control MAC layer configuration;
    可用载波信息,所述可用载波信息指示可用载波集合,所述可用载波集合包括至少一个可用载波;available carrier information, the available carrier information indicating a set of available carriers, the set of available carriers including at least one available carrier;
    第一资源池信息,所述第一资源池信息指示所述可用载波对应的资源池集合,所述资源池集合包括至少一个资源池;First resource pool information, where the first resource pool information indicates a resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier, and the resource pool set includes at least one resource pool;
    承载属性,所述承载属性用于表征所述承载信息为第一承载信息或第二承载信息,所述第一承 载信息用于指示所述第一承载,所述第二承载信息用于指示所述第二承载。a bearer attribute, the bearer attribute is used to indicate that the bearer information is first bearer information or second bearer information, the first bearer information is used to indicate the first bearer, and the second bearer information is used to indicate the Describe the second bearer.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 12, wherein,
    第一承载信息中的可用载波集合和所述第二承载信息中的可用载波集合正交或非正交;和/或The set of available carriers in the first bearer information is orthogonal or non-orthogonal to the set of available carriers in the second bearer information; and/or
    第一承载信息中的资源池集合和所述第二承载信息中的资源池集合正交。The resource pool set in the first bearer information is orthogonal to the resource pool set in the second bearer information.
  14. 根据权利要求11至13中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一承载配置的配置方式包括以下至少之一:The method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the configuration of the first bearer configuration includes at least one of the following:
    当所述第一终端处于第一状态,所述网络设备通过SIB消息发送,所述第一状态为RRC空闲状态或RRC去激活状态;When the first terminal is in a first state, the network device sends a SIB message, and the first state is an RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
    当所述第一终端处于第一状态,所述网络设备预配置;When the first terminal is in the first state, the network device is pre-configured;
    当所述第一终端处于第二状态,所述网络设备通过专用信令发送,所述第二状态为RRC连接状态。When the first terminal is in the second state, the network device sends it through dedicated signaling, and the second state is an RRC connected state.
  15. 根据权利要求12至14中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端根据可靠性,确定所述第一承载;The first terminal determines the first bearer according to reliability;
    所述第一终端根据第一映射关系,确定所述第二承载,所述第一映射关系为所述第一承载与所述第二承载之间的映射关系。The first terminal determines the second bearer according to a first mapping relationship, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the first bearer and the second bearer.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述第一映射关系为所述网络设备配置的。The method according to claim 15, wherein the first mapping relationship is configured by the network device.
  17. 根据权利要求2至16中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 2 to 16, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端向所述第二终端发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述数据包复制功能被激活或被去激活。The first terminal sends second indication information to the second terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet copy function is activated or deactivated.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述第二指示信息的传输方式包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 17, wherein the transmission mode of the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
    通过PC5 RRC传输;Transmission via PC5 RRC;
    通过侧行链路SL-MAC CE传输;Transmission via sidelink SL-MAC CE;
    通过侧行链路控制信息SCI传输。Transmission of control information SCI via the sidelink.
  19. 根据权利要求17或18所述的方法,其中,所述第二指示信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 17 or 18, wherein the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
    激活/去激活指示;Activation/deactivation indication;
    第一承载的标识,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载;An identifier of a first bearer, where the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet;
    第二承载的标识,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载;An identifier of a second bearer, where the second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet;
    所述第一载波的标识;an identification of the first carrier;
    所述第二载波的标识。The identity of the second carrier.
  20. 根据权利要求17至19任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述第一指示信息指示数据包复制功能被激活的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 17 to 19, wherein, when the first indication information indicates that the packet copy function is activated, the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端向所述第二终端发送第一承载配置,所述第一承载配置用于指示第一承载和第二承载,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载。The first terminal sends a first bearer configuration to the second terminal, the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, The second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet.
  21. 根据权利要求17至20中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端接收所述第二终端发送的响应所述第二指示信息的反馈信息。The first terminal receives feedback information sent by the second terminal in response to the second indication information.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其中,所述反馈信息的传输方式包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 21, wherein the transmission method of the feedback information includes at least one of the following:
    通过PC5 RRC传输;Transmission via PC5 RRC;
    通过SL-MAC CE传输;Transmission via SL-MAC CE;
    通过SCI传输;Transmission via SCI;
    通过物理侧行链路反馈信道PSFCH传输。Transmission over the Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel PSFCH.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法,其中,所述反馈信息指示所述第二终端接受或拒绝所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能。The method according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the feedback information instructs the second terminal to accept or reject the activation of the data packet copy function by the first terminal.
  24. 根据权利要求1至23中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 23, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端接收所述网络设备发送的第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端是否进行SL MAC CE复制。The first terminal receives third indication information sent by the network device, where the third indication information is used to indicate whether the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其中,在所述第三指示信息指示所述第一终端不进行SL MAC CE复制的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein, when the third indication information indicates that the first terminal does not perform SL MAC CE duplication, the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端发送所述第一SL MAC CE至所述第二终端。The first terminal sends the first SL MAC CE to the second terminal.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,第一SL MAC CE与所述第一数据包的数据或所述第二数据包的数据进行复用。The method according to claim 25, wherein the first SL MAC CE is multiplexed with the data of the first data packet or the data of the second data packet.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法,其中,所述第一SL MAC CE复用第一逻辑信道进行传输,所述第一逻辑信道为传输所述第一数据包或所述第二数据包的信道。The method according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the first SL MAC CE multiplexes a first logical channel for transmission, and the first logical channel is for transmitting the first data packet or the second data packet Channel.
  28. 根据权利要求24至27中任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述第三指示信息指示所述第一终端进行SL MAC CE复制的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 24 to 27, wherein, when the third indication information indicates that the first terminal performs SL MAC CE duplication, the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端进行SL MAC CE复制,得到第一SL MAC CE和第二SL MAC CE;The first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication to obtain the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE;
    所述第一终端将所述第一SL MAC CE和所述第二SL MAC CE发送至第二终端。The first terminal sends the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE to the second terminal.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中,所述第一SL MAC CE和所述第二SL MAC CE基于第二承载配置传输。The method according to claim 28, wherein the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE are transmitted based on a second bearer configuration.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其中,所述第二承载配置为网络设备配置的。The method according to claim 29, wherein the second bearer configuration is configured by a network device.
  31. 根据权利要求29或30所述的方法,其中,所述第二承载配置包括:第一发送信息和第二发送信息,所述第一发送信息为对应所述第一SL MAC CE的发送信息,所述第二发送信息为对应所述第二SL MAC CE的发送信息。The method according to claim 29 or 30, wherein the second bearer configuration includes: first sending information and second sending information, the first sending information is sending information corresponding to the first SL MAC CE, The second sending information is sending information corresponding to the second SL MAC CE.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其中,所述发送信息指示以下至少之一:The method according to claim 31, wherein the sending information indicates at least one of the following:
    发送载波集合,所述发送载波集合包括至少一个发送载波;a set of transmit carriers, the set of transmit carriers comprising at least one transmit carrier;
    所述发送载波上的可用资源池;an available resource pool on the sending carrier;
    逻辑信道。logical channel.
  33. 根据权利要求1至32中任一项所述的方法,其中,在混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈激活的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 32, wherein, in the case where Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) feedback is activated, the method further comprises:
    所述第一终端接收所述第二终端发送的HARQ反馈。The first terminal receives the HARQ feedback sent by the second terminal.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其中,所述HARQ反馈的传输方式包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 33, wherein the transmission mode of the HARQ feedback includes at least one of the following:
    在第一资源上传输第一HARQ反馈,且在第二资源上传输第二HARQ反馈,所述第一资源为所述第一数据包对应的反馈资源,所述第一HARQ反馈为针对所述第一数据包的HARQ反馈,所述第二资源为所述第二数据包对应的反馈资源,所述第二HARQ反馈为针对所述第二数据包的HARQ反馈;The first HARQ feedback is transmitted on the first resource, and the second HARQ feedback is transmitted on the second resource, the first resource is the feedback resource corresponding to the first data packet, and the first HARQ feedback is for the HARQ feedback of the first data packet, the second resource is a feedback resource corresponding to the second data packet, and the second HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the second data packet;
    在第一资源上传输第一HARQ反馈;transmitting a first HARQ feedback on a first resource;
    在第一资源上传输第三HARQ反馈,所述第三HARQ反馈为针对所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包的HARQ反馈。Transmit third HARQ feedback on the first resource, where the third HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the first data packet and the second data packet.
  35. 一种数据传输方法,所述方法包括:A data transmission method, the method comprising:
    第二终端通过侧行链路SL接收第一终端发送的第一数据包和第二数据包;所述第一数据包和第二数据包为所述第一终端进行数据包复制得到的;所述第一数据包通过第一载波接收,所述第二数据包通过第二载波接收,所述第一载波与所述第二载波相同或不同。The second terminal receives the first data packet and the second data packet sent by the first terminal through the side link SL; the first data packet and the second data packet are obtained by duplicating data packets of the first terminal; The first data packet is received through a first carrier, the second data packet is received through a second carrier, and the first carrier is the same as or different from the second carrier.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 35, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二终端接收所述第一终端发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述数据包复制功能被激活或被去激活。The second terminal receives second indication information sent by the first terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the data packet copy function is activated or deactivated.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其中,所述第二指示信息的传输方式包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 36, wherein the transmission mode of the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
    通过PC5 RRC传输;Transmission via PC5 RRC;
    通过侧行链路SL-MAC CE传输;Transmission via sidelink SL-MAC CE;
    通过侧行链路控制信息SCI传输。Transmission of control information SCI via the sidelink.
  38. 根据权利要求36或37所述的方法,其中,所述第二指示信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 36 or 37, wherein the second indication information includes at least one of the following:
    激活/去激活指示;Activation/deactivation indication;
    第一承载的标识,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载;An identifier of a first bearer, where the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet;
    第二承载的标识,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载;An identifier of a second bearer, where the second bearer is a bearer for sending the second data packet;
    所述第一载波的标识;an identification of the first carrier;
    所述第二载波的标识。The identity of the second carrier.
  39. 根据权利要求35至38中任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述第二指示信息指示所述数据包复制功能被激活的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 35 to 38, wherein, when the second indication information indicates that the packet copy function is activated, the method further comprises:
    所述第二终端接收所述第一终端发送的第一承载配置;所述第一承载配置为网络设备为所述第一终端设备配置的,所述第一承载配置用于指示第一承载和第二承载,所述第一承载用于传输所述第一数据包,所述第二承载用于传输或所述第二数据包。The second terminal receives the first bearer configuration sent by the first terminal; the first bearer configuration is configured by the network device for the first terminal device, and the first bearer configuration is used to indicate the first bearer and A second bearer, the first bearer is used to transmit the first data packet, and the second bearer is used to transmit or the second data packet.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法,其中,所述第一承载配置包括承载信息,所述承载信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 39, wherein the first bearer configuration includes bearer information, and the bearer information includes at least one of the following:
    承载标识;Bearer ID;
    无线链路控制RLC层配置;Radio link control RLC layer configuration;
    媒体接入控制MAC层配置;Media access control MAC layer configuration;
    可用载波信息,所述可用载波信息指示可用载波集合,所述可用载波集合包括至少一个可用载波;available carrier information, the available carrier information indicating a set of available carriers, the set of available carriers including at least one available carrier;
    第一资源池信息,所述第一资源池信息指示所述可用载波对应的资源池集合,所述资源池集合包括至少一个资源池;First resource pool information, where the first resource pool information indicates a resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier, and the resource pool set includes at least one resource pool;
    承载属性,所述承载属性用于表征所述承载信息为第一承载信息或第二承载信息,所述第一承载信息用于指示所述第一承载,所述第二承载信息用于指示所述第二承载。a bearer attribute, the bearer attribute is used to indicate that the bearer information is first bearer information or second bearer information, the first bearer information is used to indicate the first bearer, and the second bearer information is used to indicate the Describe the second bearer.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 40, wherein,
    第一承载信息中的可用载波集合和所述第二承载信息中的可用载波集合正交或非正交;和/或The set of available carriers in the first bearer information is orthogonal or non-orthogonal to the set of available carriers in the second bearer information; and/or
    第一承载信息中的资源池集合和所述第二承载信息中的资源池集合正交。The resource pool set in the first bearer information is orthogonal to the resource pool set in the second bearer information.
  42. 根据权利要求36至41中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 36 to 41, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二终端向所述第一终端发送响应所述第二指示信息的反馈信息。The second terminal sends feedback information in response to the second indication information to the first terminal.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的方法,其中,所述反馈信息的传输方式包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 42, wherein the transmission method of the feedback information includes at least one of the following:
    通过PC5 RRC传输;Transmission via PC5 RRC;
    通过SL-MAC CE传输;Transmission via SL-MAC CE;
    通过SCI传输;Transmission via SCI;
    通过物理侧行链路反馈信道PSFCH传输。Transmission over the Physical Sidelink Feedback Channel PSFCH.
  44. 根据权利要求42或43中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述反馈信息指示所述第二终端接受或拒绝所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能。The method according to any one of claims 42 or 43, wherein the feedback information instructs the second terminal to accept or reject the activation of the data packet copy function by the first terminal.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 44, wherein said method further comprises:
    所述第二终端在接收所述第二指示信息的情况下,向网络设备上报第四指示信息;所述第四指示信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述第二终端进行承载配置的重配。When the second terminal receives the second indication information, it reports fourth indication information to the network device; the fourth indication information is used to instruct the network device to reconfigure the bearer configuration for the second terminal. match.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其中,在所述网络设备重配失败的情况下,所述反馈信息指示所述第二终端拒绝所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能。The method according to claim 45, wherein when the reconfiguration of the network device fails, the feedback information instructs the second terminal to refuse the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function.
  47. 根据权利要求35至46中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 35 to 46, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第二终端接收所述第一终端发送的SL-MAC CE。The second terminal receives the SL-MAC CE sent by the first terminal.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的方法,其中,所述第一终端发送的SL-MAC CE包括:第一SL-MAC CE。The method according to claim 47, wherein the SL-MAC CE sent by the first terminal comprises: a first SL-MAC CE.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的方法,其中,所述第一SL MAC CE与所述第一数据包的数据或所述第二数据包的数据进行复用。The method according to claim 48, wherein the first SL MAC CE is multiplexed with the data of the first data packet or the data of the second data packet.
  50. 根据权利要求48或49所述的方法,其中,所述第一SL MAC CE复用第一逻辑信道进行发送,所述第一逻辑信道为传输所述第一数据包或所述第二数据包的信道。The method according to claim 48 or 49, wherein the first SL MAC CE multiplexes a first logical channel for transmission, and the first logical channel is for transmitting the first data packet or the second data packet Channel.
  51. 根据权利要求47至50中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一终端发送的SL-MAC CE包括:第一SL-MAC CE和第二SL-MAC CE,所述第一SL-MAC CE和所述第二SL-MAC CE是所述第一终端通过SL-MAC CE的复制得到的。The method according to any one of claims 47 to 50, wherein the SL-MAC CE sent by the first terminal includes: a first SL-MAC CE and a second SL-MAC CE, and the first SL-MAC CE The MAC CE and the second SL-MAC CE are obtained by the first terminal through duplication of the SL-MAC CE.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的方法,其中,所述第一SL MAC CE和所述第二SL MAC CE基于第二承载配置传输。The method according to claim 51, wherein the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE are transmitted based on a second bearer configuration.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的方法,其中,所述第二承载配置包括:第一发送信息和第二发送信息,所述第一发送信息为对应所述第一SL MAC CE的发送信息,所述第二发送信息为对应所述第二SL MAC CE的发送信息。The method according to claim 52, wherein the second bearer configuration includes: first sending information and second sending information, the first sending information is sending information corresponding to the first SL MAC CE, the The second sending information is sending information corresponding to the second SL MAC CE.
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的方法,其中,所述发送信息指示以下至少之一:The method according to claim 53, wherein the sending information indicates at least one of the following:
    发送载波集合,所述发送载波集合包括至少一个发送载波;a set of transmit carriers, the set of transmit carriers comprising at least one transmit carrier;
    所述发送载波上的可用资源池;an available resource pool on the sending carrier;
    逻辑信道。logical channel.
  55. 根据权利要求35至54中任一项所述的方法,其中,在混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈激活的情况下,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 35 to 54, wherein, in the case where Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) feedback is activated, the method further comprises:
    所述第二终端发送HARQ反馈至所述第一终端。The second terminal sends HARQ feedback to the first terminal.
  56. 根据权利要求55所述的方法,其中,所述HARQ反馈的传输方式包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 55, wherein the transmission mode of the HARQ feedback includes at least one of the following:
    在第一资源上传输第一HARQ反馈,且在第二资源上传输第二HARQ反馈,所述第一资源为所述第一数据包对应的反馈资源,所述第一HARQ反馈为针对所述第一数据包的HARQ反馈,所述第二资源为所述第二数据包对应的反馈资源,所述第二HARQ反馈为针对所述第二数据包的HARQ反馈;The first HARQ feedback is transmitted on the first resource, and the second HARQ feedback is transmitted on the second resource, the first resource is the feedback resource corresponding to the first data packet, and the first HARQ feedback is for the HARQ feedback of the first data packet, the second resource is a feedback resource corresponding to the second data packet, and the second HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the second data packet;
    在第一资源上传输第一HARQ反馈;transmitting a first HARQ feedback on a first resource;
    在第一资源上传输第三HARQ反馈,所述第三HARQ反馈为针对所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包的HARQ反馈。Transmit third HARQ feedback on the first resource, where the third HARQ feedback is HARQ feedback for the first data packet and the second data packet.
  57. 一种数据传输方法,所述方法包括:A data transmission method, the method comprising:
    网络设备为第一终端配置数据包复制配置,所述数据包复制配置用于所述第一终端的数据包复制功能,基于所述数据包复制功能得到的第一数据包和第二数据包通过相同或不同的载波发送至第二终端。The network device configures a data packet copy configuration for the first terminal, the data packet copy configuration is used for the data packet copy function of the first terminal, and the first data packet and the second data packet obtained based on the data packet copy function pass The same or different carrier is sent to the second terminal.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的方法,其中,所述数据包复制配置包括以下至少之一:The method according to claim 57, wherein the data packet replication configuration comprises at least one of the following:
    第二信息,所述第二信息为第一信息对应的门限值,所述第二信息用于所述第一终端判断是否激活所述数据包复制功能;second information, where the second information is a threshold value corresponding to the first information, and the second information is used by the first terminal to determine whether to activate the data packet copy function;
    第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端激活所述数据包复制功能;first indication information, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal to activate the data packet copy function;
    第一承载配置,所述第一承载配置用于指示第一承载和/或第二承载,所述第一承载为发送所述第一数据包的承载,所述第二承载为发送所述第二数据包的承载、First bearer configuration, where the first bearer configuration is used to indicate a first bearer and/or a second bearer, the first bearer is a bearer for sending the first data packet, and the second bearer is for sending the second bearer The bearer of the second data packet,
    第一映射关系,所述第一映射关系为所述第一承载与所述第二承载之间的映射关系。A first mapping relationship, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the first bearer and the second bearer.
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息包括以下之一:The method of claim 58, wherein the first information includes one of:
    可靠性、信道忙碌率CBR、参考信号接收功率RSRP。Reliability, channel busy rate CBR, reference signal received power RSRP.
  60. 根据权利要求58或59所述的方法,其中,所述第二信息的配置方式包括:The method according to claim 58 or 59, wherein the configuration of the second information includes:
    所述网络设备通过第一消息为所述第一终端配置。The network device configures the first terminal through the first message.
  61. 根据权利要求60所述的方法,其中,所述第一消息包括以下之一:The method of claim 60, wherein the first message includes one of:
    所述网络设备广播的系统信息块SIB消息;A system information block SIB message broadcast by the network device;
    所述网络设备发送的预配置消息。A pre-configuration message sent by the network device.
  62. 根据权利要求57至61中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 57 to 61, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备接收所述第一终端发送的第二QoS信息,所述第二QoS信息用于确定所述第一指示信息。The network device receives the second QoS information sent by the first terminal, where the second QoS information is used to determine the first indication information.
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的方法,其中,所述第二QoS信息还用于所述网络设备判断是否需要给所述第一终端配置所述第一承载配置中的第二承载信息,所述第二承载信息用于指示第二承载。The method according to claim 62, wherein the second QoS information is also used by the network device to determine whether the second bearer information in the first bearer configuration needs to be configured for the first terminal, and the second The second bearer information is used to indicate the second bearer.
  64. 根据权利要求58至63中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一承载配置包括承载信息,所述承载信息包括以下至少之一:The method according to any one of claims 58 to 63, wherein the first bearer configuration includes bearer information, and the bearer information includes at least one of the following:
    承载标识;Bearer ID;
    无线链路控制RLC层配置;Radio link control RLC layer configuration;
    媒体接入控制MAC层配置;Media access control MAC layer configuration;
    可用载波信息,所述可用载波信息指示可用载波集合,所述可用载波集合包括至少一个可用载波;available carrier information, the available carrier information indicating a set of available carriers, the set of available carriers including at least one available carrier;
    第一资源池信息,所述第一资源池信息指示所述可用载波对应的资源池集合,所述资源池集合包括至少一个资源池;First resource pool information, where the first resource pool information indicates a resource pool set corresponding to the available carrier, and the resource pool set includes at least one resource pool;
    承载属性,所述承载属性用于表征所述承载信息为第一承载信息或第二承载信息,所述第一承载信息用于指示所述第一承载,所述第二承载信息用于指示所述第二承载。a bearer attribute, the bearer attribute is used to indicate that the bearer information is first bearer information or second bearer information, the first bearer information is used to indicate the first bearer, and the second bearer information is used to indicate the Describe the second bearer.
  65. 根据权利要求64所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 64, wherein,
    第一承载信息中的可用载波集合和所述第二承载信息中的可用载波集合正交或非正交;和/或The set of available carriers in the first bearer information is orthogonal or non-orthogonal to the set of available carriers in the second bearer information; and/or
    第一承载信息中的资源池集合和所述第二承载信息中的资源池集合正交。The resource pool set in the first bearer information is orthogonal to the resource pool set in the second bearer information.
  66. 根据权利要求58至65中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一承载配置的配置方式包括以下至少之一:The method according to any one of claims 58 to 65, wherein the configuration of the first bearer configuration includes at least one of the following:
    当所述第一终端处于第一状态,所述网络设备通过SIB消息发送,所述第一状态为RRC空闲状态或RRC去激活状态;When the first terminal is in a first state, the network device sends a SIB message, and the first state is an RRC idle state or an RRC deactivated state;
    当所述第一终端处于第一状态,所述网络设备预配置;When the first terminal is in the first state, the network device is pre-configured;
    当所述第一终端处于第二状态,所述网络设备通过专用信令发送,所述第二状态为RRC连接状态。When the first terminal is in the second state, the network device sends it through dedicated signaling, and the second state is an RRC connection state.
  67. 根据权利要求57至66中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 57 to 66, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备接收所述第二终端设备发送的第四指示信息;所述第二指示信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述第二终端进行第一承载配置的重配。The network device receives fourth indication information sent by the second terminal device; the second indication information is used to instruct the network device to reconfigure the first bearer configuration for the second terminal.
  68. 根据权利要求57至67中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 57 to 67, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述第一终端发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示所述第一终端是否进行SL MAC CE复制。The network device sends third indication information to the first terminal, where the third indication information is used to indicate whether the first terminal performs SL MAC CE replication.
  69. 根据权利要求57至68中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 57 to 68, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述网络设备向所述第一终端配置第二承载配置,所述第二承载配置用于指示第一SL MAC CE和第二SL MAC CE的传输,所述第一SL MAC CE和所述第二SL MAC CE为所述第一终端进行SL MAC CE复制得到的。The network device configures a second bearer configuration to the first terminal, the second bearer configuration is used to indicate the transmission of the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE, and the first SL MAC CE and the second SL MAC CE The second SL MAC CE is obtained by duplicating the SL MAC CE of the first terminal.
  70. 根据权利要求69所述的方法,其中,所述第二承载配置包括:第一发送信息和第二发送信息,所述第一发送信息为对应所述第一SL MAC CE的发送信息,所述第二发送信息为对应所述第二SL MAC CE的发送信息。The method according to claim 69, wherein the second bearer configuration includes: first sending information and second sending information, the first sending information is sending information corresponding to the first SL MAC CE, and the The second sending information is sending information corresponding to the second SL MAC CE.
  71. 根据权利要求69所述的方法,其中,所述发送信息指示以下至少之一:The method of claim 69, wherein the sending information indicates at least one of the following:
    发送载波集合,所述发送载波集合包括至少一个发送载波;a set of transmit carriers, the set of transmit carriers comprising at least one transmit carrier;
    所述发送载波上的可用资源池;an available resource pool on the sending carrier;
    逻辑信道。logical channel.
  72. 一种数据传输装置,应用于第一终端,包括:A data transmission device, applied to a first terminal, comprising:
    第一复制单元,配置为进行数据包复制,得到第一数据包和第二数据包;The first copying unit is configured to copy the data packet to obtain the first data packet and the second data packet;
    第一发送单元,配置为将所述第一数据包和所述第二数据包通过侧行链路SL发送给第二终端,所述第一数据包通过第一载波发送,所述第二数据包通过第二载波发送,所述第一载波与所述第二载波相同或不同。The first sending unit is configured to send the first data packet and the second data packet to the second terminal through the side link SL, the first data packet is sent through the first carrier, and the second data packet The packets are sent over a second carrier, the first carrier being the same as or different from the second carrier.
  73. 一种数据传输装置,应用于第二终端,包括:A data transmission device, applied to a second terminal, comprising:
    第五接收单元,配置为通过SL接收第一终端发送的第一数据包和第二数据包;所述第一数据包和第二数据包为所述第一终端进行数据包复制得到的;所述第一数据包通过第一载波接收,所述第二数据包通过第二载波接收,所述第一载波与所述第二载波相同或不同。The fifth receiving unit is configured to receive the first data packet and the second data packet sent by the first terminal through the SL; the first data packet and the second data packet are obtained by duplicating data packets by the first terminal; The first data packet is received through a first carrier, the second data packet is received through a second carrier, and the first carrier is the same as or different from the second carrier.
  74. 一种数据传输装置,应用于网络设备,包括:A data transmission device applied to network equipment, comprising:
    第一配置单元,配置为为第一终端配置数据包复制配置,所述数据包复制配置用于所述第一终端的数据包复制功能,基于所述数据包复制功能得到的第一数据包和第二数据包通过相同或不同的载波发送至第二终端。The first configuration unit is configured to configure a data packet copy configuration for the first terminal, the data packet copy configuration is used for the data packet copy function of the first terminal, and the first data packet obtained based on the data packet copy function and The second data packet is sent to the second terminal through the same or different carrier.
  75. 一种终端设备,包括:处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求1至34中任一项所述的方法。A terminal device, comprising: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to invoke and run the computer program stored in the memory, and execute the computer program described in any one of claims 1 to 34 Methods.
  76. 一种终端设备,包括:处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求35至56中任一项所述的方法。A terminal device, comprising: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to invoke and run the computer program stored in the memory, and execute the computer program described in any one of claims 35 to 56 Methods.
  77. 一种网络设备,包括:处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如权利要求57至71中任一项所述的方法。A network device, comprising: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, the processor is used to invoke and run the computer program stored in the memory, and execute the computer program described in any one of claims 57 to 71 Methods.
  78. 一种芯片,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求1至34中任一项所述的方法。A chip, comprising: a processor, configured to invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device equipped with the chip executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 34.
  79. 一种芯片,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求35至56中任一项所述的方法。A chip, comprising: a processor, configured to invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device equipped with the chip executes the method as claimed in any one of claims 35 to 56.
  80. 一种芯片,包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行如权利要求求57至71中任一项所述的方法。A chip, comprising: a processor, configured to invoke and run a computer program from a memory, so that a device equipped with the chip executes the method as claimed in any one of claims 57 to 71.
  81. 一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至34中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, the computer program causing a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-34.
  82. 一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求35至56中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, the computer program causing a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 35 to 56.
  83. 一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求求57至71中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, the computer program causing a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 57-71.
  84. 一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行如权利要求1至34中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising computer program instructions for causing a computer to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 34.
  85. 一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行如权利要求35至56中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising computer program instructions causing a computer to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 35 to 56.
  86. 一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序指令,该计算机程序指令使得计算机执行如权利要求求57至71中任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising computer program instructions for causing a computer to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 57 to 71.
  87. 一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求1至34中任一项所述的方法。A computer program which causes a computer to carry out the method according to any one of claims 1 to 34.
  88. 一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求35至56任一项所述的方法。A computer program, the computer program causes a computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 35 to 56.
  89. 一种计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行如权利要求求57至71中任一项所述的方法。A computer program that causes a computer to perform the method as claimed in any one of claims 57 to 71.
PCT/CN2021/109051 2021-07-28 2021-07-28 Data transmission method and apparatus, and terminal device and network device WO2023004642A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/109051 WO2023004642A1 (en) 2021-07-28 2021-07-28 Data transmission method and apparatus, and terminal device and network device
CN202180097457.7A CN117280802A (en) 2021-07-28 2021-07-28 Data transmission method and device, terminal equipment and network equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2021/109051 WO2023004642A1 (en) 2021-07-28 2021-07-28 Data transmission method and apparatus, and terminal device and network device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023004642A1 true WO2023004642A1 (en) 2023-02-02

Family

ID=85085987

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/109051 WO2023004642A1 (en) 2021-07-28 2021-07-28 Data transmission method and apparatus, and terminal device and network device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117280802A (en)
WO (1) WO2023004642A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110662299A (en) * 2018-06-29 2020-01-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, communication apparatus, and storage medium
CN110798287A (en) * 2018-08-03 2020-02-14 华硕电脑股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for processing sidelink reception in a wireless communication system
CN110859005A (en) * 2018-08-23 2020-03-03 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and related equipment

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110662299A (en) * 2018-06-29 2020-01-07 华为技术有限公司 Communication method, communication apparatus, and storage medium
CN110798287A (en) * 2018-08-03 2020-02-14 华硕电脑股份有限公司 Method and apparatus for processing sidelink reception in a wireless communication system
CN110859005A (en) * 2018-08-23 2020-03-03 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and related equipment

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CATT: "Discussion on Replicated Transmissions over multiple carriers", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1708062-DISCUSSION ON REPLICATED TRANSMISSIONS OVER MULTIPLE CARRIERS, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Berlin, Germany; 20170821 - 20170825, 20 August 2017 (2017-08-20), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051317967 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117280802A (en) 2023-12-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7186763B2 (en) Method and apparatus for sidelink transmission on multiple carriers in a wireless communication system
JP7087089B2 (en) Methods and Devices for Triggering Transmission Carrier Selection in Wireless Communities
CN110572246B (en) Data sending method, data receiving method and device
JP7254064B2 (en) Method and apparatus for allocating resources based on anchor carriers in a wireless communication system
WO2019214184A1 (en) Communication method and device
CN110999382B (en) Method and apparatus for controlling packet duplication
WO2021134298A1 (en) Resource indication method and device, and communication apparatus
US20230370902A1 (en) Relay UE Selection for Transmission Over Sidelink
WO2020147053A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication device
WO2024066145A1 (en) Sidelink communication method and apparatus
WO2022151242A1 (en) Data transmission method, electronic device, and storage medium
WO2022006849A1 (en) Mbs service tci state management method and apparatus, and terminal device
WO2023082356A1 (en) Wireless communication method and terminal device
WO2023004642A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus, and terminal device and network device
WO2021051322A1 (en) Bwp configuration method and apparatus, and terminal device and network device
WO2023102833A1 (en) Feedback state indication method and apparatus, terminal device, and network device
WO2023023958A1 (en) Paging message transmission method and apparatus, and device
WO2023272619A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining transmission mode, terminal device, and network device
WO2023092531A1 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring broadcast service, and terminal device and network device
WO2023050185A1 (en) Variable maintenance method and apparatus, and terminal device
WO2023097613A1 (en) Information determination method and apparatus, and terminal device
WO2023220895A1 (en) Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device
WO2023000141A1 (en) Cross-carrier retransmission method and apparatus, terminal device, and network device
WO2023092482A1 (en) Method and apparatus for communication by means of relay terminal, and terminal
WO2023097665A1 (en) Data receiving method and apparatus, and terminal device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21951256

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE